Merge branch 'main' into icalendar

207 files changed, 2625 insertions, 740 deletions

diff --git a/doc/emacs/ChangeLog.1 b/doc/emacs/ChangeLog.1
index 67e00ee7b45..1f3240ac709 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/ChangeLog.1
+++ b/doc/emacs/ChangeLog.1
@@ -10919,7 +10919,7 @@
 ;; coding: utf-8
 ;; End:
 
-  Copyright (C) 1993-1999, 2001-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+  Copyright (C) 1993-1999, 2001-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
   This file is part of GNU Emacs.
 
diff --git a/doc/emacs/Makefile.in b/doc/emacs/Makefile.in
index f93309520e8..1801b0be204 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/Makefile.in
+++ b/doc/emacs/Makefile.in
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ### @configure_input@
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1996-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1996-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 # This file is part of GNU Emacs.
 
diff --git a/doc/emacs/abbrevs.texi b/doc/emacs/abbrevs.texi
index 4ee8e759570..764adde0d5c 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/abbrevs.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/abbrevs.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Abbrevs
diff --git a/doc/emacs/ack.texi b/doc/emacs/ack.texi
index dd783da35a6..003047fc547 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/ack.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/ack.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1994--1997, 1999--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 1994--1997, 1999--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @c
 @node Acknowledgments
@@ -1424,6 +1424,10 @@ Rodney Whitby and Reto Zimmermann wrote @file{vhdl-mode.el}, a major
 mode for editing VHDL source code.
 
 @item
+Sean Whitton was the Emacs (co-)maintainer from Emacs 31.1 onwards, and
+wrote many extensions and new features for VC.
+
+@item
 John Wiegley was the Emacs (co-)maintainer from Emacs 25 to 29.1.  He
 wrote @file{align.el}, a set of commands for aligning text according
 to regular-expression based rules; @file{isearchb.el} for fast buffer
diff --git a/doc/emacs/android.texi b/doc/emacs/android.texi
index 8b00ea94cb3..bc596d766ff 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/android.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/android.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2023--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2023--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Android
 @appendix Emacs and Android
diff --git a/doc/emacs/anti.texi b/doc/emacs/anti.texi
index e525afd5abb..5e2a6cb5eb7 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/anti.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/anti.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2005--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2005--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 
 @node Antinews
diff --git a/doc/emacs/arevert-xtra.texi b/doc/emacs/arevert-xtra.texi
index 3914f8fc16e..d31fc1e80cd 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/arevert-xtra.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/arevert-xtra.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2004--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2004--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @c
 @c This file is included either in emacs-xtra.texi (when producing the
diff --git a/doc/emacs/back.texi b/doc/emacs/back.texi
index 3bfd7eb07cd..b326153a063 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/back.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/back.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 \input texinfo  @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @c
diff --git a/doc/emacs/basic.texi b/doc/emacs/basic.texi
index abfd8c6d436..11ee6684cd5 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/basic.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/basic.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Basic
diff --git a/doc/emacs/buffers.texi b/doc/emacs/buffers.texi
index 2bcf0c318b5..9ec7c0e1eda 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/buffers.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/buffers.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Buffers
diff --git a/doc/emacs/building.texi b/doc/emacs/building.texi
index 39c5e79a870..2fd3ccc6d87 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/building.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/building.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Building
@@ -64,6 +64,12 @@ named @file{*compilation*}.  The current buffer's default directory is
 used as the working directory for the execution of the command, so by
 default compilation takes place in that directory.
 
+  When invoked with a prefix argument, the @file{*compilation*} buffer
+is using Comint mode as its major mode (@pxref{Shell Mode}).  By default
+Comint mode has the nice property of looking for any credential prompts
+in its contents and make Emacs asks for a password if this happens.
+This is useful should the compilation command need such a credential.
+
 @vindex compile-command
   The default compilation command is @samp{make -k}, which is usually
 correct for programs compiled using the @command{make} utility (the
diff --git a/doc/emacs/cal-xtra.texi b/doc/emacs/cal-xtra.texi
index a09d5b833a5..f7f28345159 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/cal-xtra.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/cal-xtra.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2004--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2004--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @c
 @c This file is included either in emacs-xtra.texi (when producing the
diff --git a/doc/emacs/calendar.texi b/doc/emacs/calendar.texi
index 4bfe3f65422..5c673f21988 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/calendar.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/calendar.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Calendar/Diary
diff --git a/doc/emacs/cmdargs.texi b/doc/emacs/cmdargs.texi
index 79ae2d064d1..3bcf4949581 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/cmdargs.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/cmdargs.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Emacs Invocation
diff --git a/doc/emacs/commands.texi b/doc/emacs/commands.texi
index 591c8fb2cc3..08fb2220a97 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/commands.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/commands.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @iftex
diff --git a/doc/emacs/custom.texi b/doc/emacs/custom.texi
index f7ad5bf108a..b2fcb3c489f 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/custom.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/custom.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Customization
@@ -1615,24 +1615,30 @@ your preference, such as @code{ws-butler-mode}.
 @cindex per-connection local variables
 
   Most of the variables reflect the situation on the local machine.
-Often, they must use a different value when you operate in buffers
-with a remote default directory.  Think about the behavior when
-calling @code{shell} -- on your local machine, you might use
-@file{/bin/bash} and rely on termcap, but on a remote machine, it may
-be @file{/bin/ksh} and terminfo.
-
-  This can be accomplished with @dfn{connection-local variables}.
-Directory and file local variables override connection-local
-variables.  Unsafe connection-local variables are handled in the same
-way as unsafe file-local variables (@pxref{Safe File Variables}).
+Often, they must use a different value when you operate in buffers with
+a remote default directory.  Think about the behavior when calling
+@code{shell} --- on your local machine, you might use @file{/bin/bash}
+and rely on termcap, but on a remote machine, it may be @file{/bin/ksh}
+and terminfo.
+
+  This can be accomplished with @dfn{connection-local variables}.  Such
+variables are declared depending on the value of
+@code{default-directory} of the current buffer.  When a buffer has a
+remote @code{default-directory}, and there exist a connection-local
+variable which matches @code{default-directory}, this alternative value
+of the variable is used.  Directory and file local variables override
+connection-local variables.  Unsafe connection-local variables are
+handled in the same way as unsafe file-local variables (@pxref{Safe File
+Variables}).
 
 @findex connection-local-set-profile-variables
 @findex connection-local-set-profiles
-  Connection-local variables are declared as a group of
-variables/value pairs in a @dfn{profile}, using the
+  Connection-local variables are declared as a group of variables/value
+pairs in a @dfn{profile}, using the
 @code{connection-local-set-profile-variables} function.  The function
-@code{connection-local-set-profiles} activates profiles for a given
-criteria, identifying a remote machine:
+@code{connection-local-set-profiles} declares profiles for a given
+criteria (the first argument), identifying a remote machine with respect
+to @code{default-directory} of the current buffer:
 
 @example
 (connection-local-set-profile-variables 'remote-terminfo
@@ -1654,12 +1660,46 @@ criteria, identifying a remote machine:
 
   This code declares three different profiles, @code{remote-terminfo},
 @code{remote-ksh}, and @code{remote-bash}.  The profiles
-@code{remote-terminfo} and @code{remote-ksh} are applied to all
-buffers which have a remote default directory matching the regexp
-@code{"remotemachine"} as host name.  Such a criteria can also
-discriminate for the properties @code{:protocol} (this is the Tramp
-method) or @code{:user} (a remote user name).  The @code{nil} criteria
-matches all buffers with a remote default directory.
+@code{remote-terminfo} and @code{remote-ksh} are applied to all buffers
+which have a remote @code{default-directory} matching the string
+@code{"remotemachine"} as host name.
+
+  Criteria, the first argument of @code{connection-local-set-profiles},
+specifies, how the profiles match @code{default-directory}.  It is a
+plist identifying a connection and the application using this
+connection.  Property names might be @code{:application},
+@code{:protocol}, @code{:user} and @code{:machine}.  The property value
+of @code{:application} is a symbol, all other property values are
+strings.  In general the symbol @code{tramp} should be used as
+@code{:application} value.  Some packages use a different
+@code{:application} (for example @code{eshell} or @code{vc-git}); they
+say it in their documentation then.  All properties are optional.
+
+  The other properties are used for checking @code{default-directory}.
+The propertiy @code{:protocol} is used for the method a remote
+@code{default-directory} uses, the property
+@code{:user} is the remote user name, and the property @code{:machine}
+is the remote host name.  All checks are performed via
+@code{string-equal}.  The @code{nil} criteria matches all buffers
+with a remote default directory.
+
+  Connection-local variables are not activated by default.  A package
+which uses connection-local variables must activate them for a given
+buffer, specifying for which @code{:application} it uses them.
+@xref{Applying Connection Local Variables,,, elisp, The Emacs Lisp
+Reference Manual}, for details.
+
+  After the above definition of profiles and their activation, any
+connection made by Tramp to the @samp{remotemachine} system will use
+
+@itemize
+@item @code{t} as the connection-specific value of @code{system-uses-terminfo},
+@item @samp{dumb-emacs-ansi} as the connection-specific value of
+@code{comint-terminfo-terminal},
+@item @samp{/bin/ksh} as the connection-specific value of as
+@code{shell-file-name},
+@item @samp{-c} as the connection-specific value of @code{shell-command-switch}.
+@end itemize
 
   Be careful when declaring different profiles with the same variable,
 and setting these profiles to criteria which could match in parallel.
@@ -3098,30 +3138,33 @@ elisp, The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
   If the directory specified by @code{user-lisp-directory}, defaulting
 to @file{~/.config/emacs/user-lisp/} or @file{~/.emacs.d/user-lisp/},
 exists, then at startup Emacs will prepare Lisp files within that
-directory for use in the session.  Emacs does the following things:
+directory for use in the session.  Specifically, Emacs does the
+following:
 
 @itemize
 @item
 Gather and activate autoload cookies.  This means that you can use
 autoloaded commands and other entry points for the files in your
 @code{user-lisp-directory} without explicitly loading any of the
-files in your initialization file. (@pxref{Autoload,,, elisp, The
-Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
+files in your initialization file.  @xref{Autoload,,, elisp, The
+Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
 @item
-Byte-compile all files, and if supported on your system, natively
-compile them too.  This speeds up the execution of the code in the
-files when they are loaded.  (@pxref{Byte Compilation,,, elisp, The
-Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
+Byte-compile all the files (@pxref{Byte Compilation,,, elisp, The Emacs
+Lisp Reference Manual}), and if supported by your build of Emacs,
+compile them to native code as well (@pxref{Native Compilation,,, elisp,
+The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}).  This speeds up the execution of the
+code in those files when they are loaded and when they are executed
+later.
 @item
 Adjust @code{load-path} such that all the files can be loaded and
-autoloaded in the usual ways.  (@pxref{Library Search,,, elisp, The
-Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
+autoloaded in the usual ways.  @xref{Library Search,,, elisp, The
+Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
 @end itemize
 
-  The User Lisp directory is processed before loading the @ref{Init
-File} file.  Therefore any customizations to the user options discussed
-below must be made in your early init file (@pxref{Early Init File}) in
-order to have any effect.
+  The User Lisp directory is processed before loading your init file
+(@pxref{Init File}).  Therefore any customizations to the user
+options discussed below must be made in your early init file
+(@pxref{Early Init File}) in order to have any effect.
 
 @vindex user-lisp-ignored-directories
 @vindex user-lisp-auto-scrape
diff --git a/doc/emacs/dired-xtra.texi b/doc/emacs/dired-xtra.texi
index d8536dcecee..1bcf586cd57 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/dired-xtra.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/dired-xtra.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2004--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2004--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @c
 @c This file is included either in emacs-xtra.texi (when producing the
diff --git a/doc/emacs/dired.texi b/doc/emacs/dired.texi
index 599c0308cec..9abef21f459 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/dired.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/dired.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Dired
@@ -733,7 +733,8 @@ Auto-Revert mode, you might want to set
 Undo changes in the Dired buffer, such as adding or removing
 marks (@code{dired-undo}).  @emph{This command does not revert the
 actual file operations, nor recover lost files!}  It just undoes
-changes in the buffer itself.
+changes in the buffer itself.  Like with @code{undo}, a numeric prefix
+argument specifies a repeat count.
 
 In some cases, using this after commands that operate on files can
 cause trouble.  For example, after renaming one or more files,
diff --git a/doc/emacs/display.texi b/doc/emacs/display.texi
index dd898e0cf88..dde6cc4f1b6 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/display.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/display.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
@@ -2048,20 +2048,41 @@ variable @code{visible-cursor} is @code{nil} when Emacs starts or
 resumes, it uses the normal cursor.
 
 @vindex cursor-type
-  On a graphical display, many more properties of the text cursor can
-be altered.  To customize its color, change the @code{:background}
-attribute of the face named @code{cursor} (@pxref{Face
-Customization}).  (The other attributes of this face have no effect;
-the text shown under the cursor is drawn using the frame's background
-color.)  To change its shape, customize the buffer-local variable
-@code{cursor-type}; possible values are @code{box} (the default),
-@code{(box . @var{size})} (box cursor becoming a hollow box under
-masked images larger than @var{size} pixels in either dimension),
-@code{hollow} (a hollow box), @code{bar} (a vertical bar), @code{(bar
-. @var{n})} (a vertical bar @var{n} pixels wide), @code{hbar} (a
-horizontal bar), @code{(hbar . @var{n})} (a horizontal bar @var{n}
+  On a graphical display and many Xterm-compatible text terminals, the
+color and shape of the text cursor can be altered.  To customize its
+color, change the @code{:background} attribute of the face named
+@code{cursor} (@pxref{Face Customization}).  (The other attributes of
+this face have no effect; the text shown under the cursor is drawn using
+the frame's background color.)  To change its shape, customize the
+buffer-local variable @code{cursor-type}; possible values are @code{box}
+(the default), @code{(box . @var{size})} (box cursor becoming a hollow
+box under masked images larger than @var{size} pixels in either
+dimension), @code{hollow} (a hollow box), @code{bar} (a vertical bar),
+@code{(bar . @var{n})} (a vertical bar @var{n} pixels wide), @code{hbar}
+(a horizontal bar), @code{(hbar . @var{n})} (a horizontal bar @var{n}
 pixels tall), or @code{nil} (no cursor at all).
 
+@vindex xterm-update-cursor
+  On Xterm-compatible text terminals cursor customization is controlled
+by the user option @code{xterm-update-cursor}.  Valid values are
+@code{t} to update the cursor's color and shape, @code{type} to update
+the cursor's shape only, @code{color} to update the cursor's color only,
+and @code{nil} to not update the cursor's appearance.  Text terminals
+can not display a hollow box and instead use a filled box.  Similarly,
+all text terminals ignore the pixel sizes for @code{bar} and
+@code{hbar}.
+
+@findex hl-line-mode
+@findex global-hl-line-mode
+@cindex highlight current line
+  To make the cursor even more visible, you can use HL Line mode, a
+minor mode that highlights the line containing point.  Use @kbd{M-x
+hl-line-mode} to enable or disable it in the current buffer.  @kbd{M-x
+global-hl-line-mode} enables or disables the same mode globally.
+
+  The remaining controls only work on graphical displays where Emacs can
+fully control the way the cursor appears.
+
 @findex blink-cursor-mode
 @cindex cursor, blinking
 @cindex blinking cursor
@@ -2105,14 +2126,6 @@ non-blinking hollow box.  (For a bar cursor, it instead appears as a
 thinner bar.)  To turn off cursors in non-selected windows, change the
 variable @code{cursor-in-non-selected-windows} to @code{nil}.
 
-@findex hl-line-mode
-@findex global-hl-line-mode
-@cindex highlight current line
-  To make the cursor even more visible, you can use HL Line mode, a
-minor mode that highlights the line containing point.  Use @kbd{M-x
-hl-line-mode} to enable or disable it in the current buffer.  @kbd{M-x
-global-hl-line-mode} enables or disables the same mode globally.
-
 @node Line Truncation
 @section Line Truncation
 
@@ -2338,6 +2351,16 @@ of lines which are a multiple of certain numbers.  Customize
 @code{display-line-numbers-minor-tick} respectively to set those
 numbers.
 
+@vindex line-spacing
+  The variable @code{line-spacing} controls the vertical spacing between
+lines.  It can be set to an integer (specifying pixels) or a float
+(specifying spacing relative to the default frame font height).  You can
+also set this variable to a cons cell of integers or floats, such as
+@code{(@var{top} . @var{bottom})}.  When set to a cons cell, the spacing
+is distributed above and below the line, allowing for text to be
+vertically centered within the line height. See also @ref{Line Height,,,
+elisp, The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
+
 @vindex visible-bell
   If the variable @code{visible-bell} is non-@code{nil}, Emacs attempts
 to make the whole screen blink when it would normally make an audible bell
diff --git a/doc/emacs/emacs-xtra.texi b/doc/emacs/emacs-xtra.texi
index 2668daf8dda..7af1a9935a8 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/emacs-xtra.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/emacs-xtra.texi
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 @copying
 This manual describes specialized features of Emacs.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2004--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2004--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/emacs/emacs.texi b/doc/emacs/emacs.texi
index bdd9f2753ba..05ced62dd9c 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/emacs.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/emacs.texi
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ This is the @cite{GNU Emacs Manual},
 @end ifclear
 updated for Emacs version @value{EMACSVER}.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 1985--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1985--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
@@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ Miscellaneous Commands and Features of VC
 * VC Delete/Rename::      Deleting and renaming version-controlled files.
 * Revision Tags::         Symbolic names for revisions.
 * Merge Bases::           The most recent revision existing on both branches.
-* Outgoing Base Diffs::   Diffs including all outstanding changes on a branch.
+* Outstanding Changes::   Diffs including all outstanding changes on a branch.
 * Other Working Trees::   Multiple sets of workfiles.
 * Version Headers::       Inserting version control headers into working files.
 * Editing VC Commands::   Editing the VC shell commands that Emacs will run.
diff --git a/doc/emacs/emerge-xtra.texi b/doc/emacs/emerge-xtra.texi
index d80c3f3b3a3..e2f74671981 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/emerge-xtra.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/emerge-xtra.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2004--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2004--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @c
 @c This file is included either in emacs-xtra.texi (when producing the
diff --git a/doc/emacs/entering.texi b/doc/emacs/entering.texi
index cde5f58223e..e561596635b 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/entering.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/entering.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @iftex
diff --git a/doc/emacs/files.texi b/doc/emacs/files.texi
index d82a2b8948d..a9bcee0b060 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/files.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/files.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 1999--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 1999--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Files
@@ -1000,17 +1000,17 @@ File Shadowing is not available on MS Windows.
 @cindex modification dates
 @cindex last modified time
 
-You can arrange to have a time stamp in a file be updated
-automatically each time you save the file.
-(A time stamp may also be called a date stamp or a last modified time.)
 Having a time stamp in the text of a file ensures that the time the file
 was written will be preserved even if the file is copied or transformed
 in a way that loses the file system's modification time.
+A time stamp may also be called a date stamp or a last modified time.
+You can arrange to have a time stamp in a file update
+automatically each time you save the file.
 
 There are two steps to setting up automatic time stamping.
-First, the file needs a time stamp template
-somewhere in the first eight lines.
-The template looks like this:
+First, the file needs a time stamp template.
+By default, the template occurs somewhere in the first eight lines
+and looks like this:
 
 @example
 Time-stamp: <>
@@ -1026,10 +1026,9 @@ Time-stamp: " "
 @findex time-stamp
 With that template in place, you can update the current buffer's time
 stamp once immediately with the command @kbd{M-x time-stamp}.
-Emacs will check for a template; if a template is found,
+The Emacs editor will check for a template; if a template is found,
 Emacs will write the current date, time, author, and/or
-other info between the brackets or quotes.
-(If the buffer has no template, @code{time-stamp} does nothing.)
+other info between the angle brackets or quotes.
 After the first time stamp, the line might look like this:
 
 @example
@@ -1039,13 +1038,25 @@ Time-stamp: <1993-07-06 11:05:14 terryg>
 Second, configure your Emacs to run @code{time-stamp} whenever it saves a
 file, by adding @code{time-stamp}
 to @code{before-save-hook} (@pxref{Hooks}).
-You can either use @kbd{M-x customize-option} (@pxref{Specific
-Customization}) to customize the option @code{before-save-hook},
-or you can edit your init file adding this line:
+There are two ways to do this: you can
 
+@itemize
+@item
+use @kbd{M-x customize-option} (@pxref{Specific Customization})
+to customize the option @code{before-save-hook}, or
+
+@item
+edit your initialization file (@pxref{Init File}),
+adding this line:
 @example
 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
 @end example
+@end itemize
+
+Now every time you save a file, Emacs will look for a time stamp.
+If the buffer has no template, @code{time-stamp} does nothing;
+any file that does have a time stamp will have it kept up to date
+automatically.
 
 @menu
 * Time Stamp Customization::   How to customize with time-stamp-pattern.
@@ -1064,14 +1075,17 @@ identify a template and where in the file to look for the pattern using
 @code{time-stamp-pattern}; for details, see the variable's built-in
 documentation (with @kbd{C-h v}, @pxref{Name Help}).
 
-As a simple example, if this line occurs near the top of a file:
+As a simple example, suppose you want a manuscript to say the year
+and city of publication.
+You would like the year updated as you make revisions.
+You could have this line near the top of a file:
 
 @example
 publishing_year_and_city = "Published nnnn in Boston, Mass.";
 @end example
 
 @noindent
-then the following comment at the end of the same file tells
+and the following comment at the end of the same file to tell
 @code{time-stamp} how to identify and update that custom template:
 
 @example
@@ -1084,12 +1098,24 @@ then the following comment at the end of the same file tells
 
 This pattern says that the text before the start of the time stamp is
 ``Published '', and the text after the end is `` in Boston''.
-If @code{time-stamp} finds both in one of the first eight lines,
-what is between will be replaced by the current year, as requested by
-the @code{%Y} format.
+If @code{time-stamp} finds both the start and the end in one of the
+first eight lines,
+what is between will be updated as specified by the format, @code{%Y} in
+this example.  Since @code{%Y} requests the year, the result might look
+like this:
+
+@example
+publishing_year_and_city = "Published 2025 in Boston, Mass.";
+@end example
 
-After any change to file-local variables,
-type @kbd{M-x normal-mode} to re-read them.
+By specifying a format of @code{%Y}, we get exactly the year
+substituted; other parts of the default format (day, time and
+author) are not part of this example pattern and so do not appear in the
+result.
+
+After changing the value of @code{time-stamp-pattern}
+(or any file-local variable),
+type @kbd{M-x normal-mode} so that Emacs notices.
 
 Here is another example, with the time stamp inserted into
 the last paragraph of an HTML document.
@@ -1126,7 +1152,7 @@ for specifics on formatting and other variables that affect it.
 
 If you are working on a file with multiple authors, and you cannot
 be sure the other authors have enabled time-stamping globally in
-their Emacs init files, you can force it to be enabled for a
+their Emacs initialization files, you can force it to be enabled for a
 particular file by adding @code{time-stamp} to that buffer's
 @code{before-save-hook} in that file's local variables list.
 To extend one of the previous examples:
@@ -1140,11 +1166,13 @@ To extend one of the previous examples:
 @end group
 @end example
 
-@noindent
 Although this example shows them both set together,
 you can use @code{eval} without also setting @code{time-stamp-pattern}
 if you like the default pattern.
 
+The extra arguments to @code{add-hook} used here, @code{nil} and @code{t},
+are necessary to have the added hook affect only this buffer.
+
 @node Reverting
 @section Reverting a Buffer
 @findex revert-buffer
@@ -1807,7 +1835,8 @@ the start of the @var{n}th previous file.
 
 @findex diff-hunk-kill
 @item M-k
-Kill the hunk at point (@code{diff-hunk-kill}).
+Kill the hunk at point (@code{diff-hunk-kill}).  If the region is
+active, kills all hunks the region overlaps.
 
 @findex diff-file-kill
 @item M-K
@@ -2743,10 +2772,16 @@ are shown in the Customize buffer.  Remember to select @samp{Save for
 future sessions} if you want to use the same filesets in future Emacs
 sessions.
 
+@findex filesets-open
+@findex filesets-close
+@findex filesets-run-cmd
+@vindex filesets-commands
   You can use the command @kbd{M-x filesets-open} to visit all the
 files in a fileset, and @kbd{M-x filesets-close} to close them.  Use
-@kbd{M-x filesets-run-cmd} to run a shell command on all the files in
-a fileset.  These commands are also available from the @samp{Filesets}
+@kbd{M-x filesets-run-cmd} to run a command (such as
+@code{multi-isearch-files} or @command{grep}) on all the files in
+a fileset.  These commands, which are specified in
+@code{filesets-commands}, are also available from the @samp{Filesets}
 menu, where each existing fileset is represented by a submenu.
 
    @xref{Version Control}, for a different concept of filesets:
diff --git a/doc/emacs/fixit.texi b/doc/emacs/fixit.texi
index f240057aa69..36a27a78dda 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/fixit.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/fixit.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Fixit
@@ -418,6 +418,20 @@ Suspend Emacs or iconify the selected frame.
 Show the list of options.
 @end table
 
+@vindex ispell-save-corrections-as-abbrevs
+  You can have Ispell remember your spelling corrections so that they
+are applied automatically when Abbrev mode is enabled (@pxref{Abbrevs}).
+If you customize @code{ispell-save-corrections-as-abbrevs} to a non-nil
+value, then each time you correct a misspelled word, Emacs saves the
+correction as a global abbrev.  Then, whenever you type the misspelling
+and then a word-separator (@key{SPC}, comma, etc.) in a buffer with
+Abbrev mode enabled, Emacs expands the misspelling to its correction.
+You can override this and disable saving a particular correction by
+supplying a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument when selecting a replacement.  If
+@code{ispell-save-corrections-as-abbrevs} has its default value of nil,
+the meaning of a prefix argument is inverted, in that typing @kbd{C-u}
+before selecting a replacement @emph{does} save a global abbrev.
+
   Use the command @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (@code{completion-at-point}) to
 complete the word at point.  Insert the beginning of a word, and then
 type @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to select from a list of completions.  (If your
diff --git a/doc/emacs/fortran-xtra.texi b/doc/emacs/fortran-xtra.texi
index 16287518cb9..016a53cf8e8 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/fortran-xtra.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/fortran-xtra.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2004--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2004--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @c
 @c This file is included either in emacs-xtra.texi (when producing the
diff --git a/doc/emacs/frames.texi b/doc/emacs/frames.texi
index 5b11af2b17f..9950ce4c6e8 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/frames.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/frames.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Frames
 @chapter Frames and Graphical Displays
@@ -58,6 +58,7 @@ for doing so on MS-DOS).  Menus are supported on all text terminals.
 * Menu Bars::           Enabling and disabling the menu bar.
 * Tool Bars::           Enabling and disabling the tool bar.
 * Tab Bars::            Enabling and disabling the tab bar.
+* System Taskbar::      Using system GUI taskbar features.
 * Dialog Boxes::        Controlling use of dialog boxes.
 * Tooltips::            Displaying information at the current mouse position.
 * Mouse Avoidance::     Preventing the mouse pointer from obscuring text.
@@ -1631,6 +1632,75 @@ This moves forward in the history of window configurations.
   It's possible to customize the items displayed on the tab bar
 by the user option @code{tab-bar-format}.
 
+@node System Taskbar
+@section Using System GUI Taskbar Features
+@cindex system taskbar
+@cindex mode, system taskbar
+
+  Emacs can use your GUI system taskbar to display a badge overlay on
+the Emacs taskbar icon, a progress bar report, and alert the user that
+an Emacs session needs attention.  Note: The system taskbar might be
+called the dock, the launcher, or something similar.
+
+@cindex system taskbar, GNU/Linux
+On GNU/Linux eligible GUI desktops, system taskbar effects will appear
+on the desktop destinations determined by your shell extension, most
+often the application launcher or dock panel, or the top panel.  Effects
+are global for an Emacs instance.
+
+Note: The GNU/Linux implementation sends system taskbar messages to the
+GUI using D-Bus.  You may need to install or configure shell extensions
+such as @url{https://extensions.gnome.org/extension/307/dash-to-dock/}
+that implement Ubuntu's Unity D-Bus launcher spec which you can read
+more about here @url{https://wiki.ubuntu.com/Unity/LauncherAPI}.
+@xref{Top,,, dbus, The D-Bus Manual}.
+
+@cindex system taskbar, macOS/GNUstep
+@cindex system taskbar, NS
+On macOS/GNUstep 10.5+, system taskbar effects appear on the Dock and in
+the App Switcher.  Effects are global for an Emacs instance.
+macOS/GNUstep need no special configuration.
+
+@cindex system taskbar, MS-Windows
+On MS-Windows 7+, taskbar effects appear on the Windows system taskbar.
+Effects are associated with the frame from which they are initiated.
+MS-Windows needs no special configuration.
+
+@findex system-taskbar-mode
+  You must initialize system taskbar before using it.  To do that, type
+@kbd{M-x system-taskbar-mode}.
+
+@vindex system-taskbar-use-progress-reporter
+  The user option @code{system-taskbar-use-progress-reporter} integrates
+@code{system-taskbar-mode} with Emacs progress report functions, which
+many longer-running functions use to indicate the progress of their
+work.  Progress reports will appear in the echo area and on the system
+taskbar Emacs icon.  This variable defaults to @code{t}.  Customize this
+variable before enabling @code{system-taskbar-mode}.  @xref{Progress,,,
+elisp}
+
+@vindex system-taskbar-clear-attention-on-frame-focus
+  The user option @code{system-taskbar-clear-attention-on-frame-focus}
+turns on a helper useful on GNU/Linux D-Bus platforms which
+automatically clears the system taskbar attention indicator when any
+Emacs frame is focused.  This has no effect on macOS/GNUstep or
+MS-Windows.  It defaults to @code{t}.  Customize this variable before
+enabling @code{system-taskbar-mode}.
+
+@vindex system-taskbar-dbus-desktop-file-name
+  The user option @code{system-taskbar-dbus-desktop-file-name} helps
+D-Bus on GNU/Linux identify launched instance of Emacs.  It defaults to
+@samp{emacsclient} and may need to be changed to @samp{emacs} depending
+on your GNU/Linux configuration.
+
+@vindex system-taskbar-dbus-timeout
+  The user option @code{system-taskbar-dbus-timeout} is a
+troubleshooting tool and it likely does not need to be customized.  It
+defaults to @code{nil} which uses the D-Bus default timeout which is
+25,000ms or 25s.
+
+@xref{System Taskbar,,, elisp, The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}
+
 @node Dialog Boxes
 @section Using Dialog Boxes
 @cindex dialog boxes
diff --git a/doc/emacs/glossary.texi b/doc/emacs/glossary.texi
index a5e5b4577fc..12ea332d7ce 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/glossary.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/glossary.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Glossary
diff --git a/doc/emacs/gnu.texi b/doc/emacs/gnu.texi
index 2266d40b2f3..bce27382f77 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/gnu.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/gnu.texi
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993, 1995, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993, 1995, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c
 @c Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
diff --git a/doc/emacs/haiku.texi b/doc/emacs/haiku.texi
index b8d8bbd7da0..15877151108 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/haiku.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/haiku.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2021--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2021--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Haiku
 @appendix Emacs and Haiku
diff --git a/doc/emacs/help.texi b/doc/emacs/help.texi
index b2cd7f19e71..c16e94df5aa 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/help.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/help.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Help
@@ -422,8 +422,9 @@ search for noninteractive functions too.
 Search for functions and variables.  Both interactive functions
 (commands) and noninteractive functions can be found by this.
 
-@item M-x apropos-user-option
+@kindex C-h u
 @findex apropos-user-option
+@item C-h u
 Search for user-customizable variables.  With a prefix argument,
 search for non-customizable variables too.
 
diff --git a/doc/emacs/indent.texi b/doc/emacs/indent.texi
index 049b9358a10..5f292fbacd4 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/indent.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/indent.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Indentation
diff --git a/doc/emacs/input.texi b/doc/emacs/input.texi
index 9b044bdc821..63d47c4037d 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/input.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/input.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2023--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2023--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Other Input
 @section Touchscreen Input and Virtual Keyboards
diff --git a/doc/emacs/killing.texi b/doc/emacs/killing.texi
index 4f267e7b2d7..eea3a5ba5a2 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/killing.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/killing.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 
diff --git a/doc/emacs/kmacro.texi b/doc/emacs/kmacro.texi
index 09c6c5d4675..f347ad62986 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/kmacro.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/kmacro.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Keyboard Macros
diff --git a/doc/emacs/m-x.texi b/doc/emacs/m-x.texi
index aaf424eb90b..0c91cd6c2ee 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/m-x.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/m-x.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node M-x
diff --git a/doc/emacs/macos.texi b/doc/emacs/macos.texi
index 81af6cd398c..6bd334f48e3 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/macos.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/macos.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2000--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2000--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Mac OS / GNUstep
 @appendix Emacs and macOS / GNUstep
diff --git a/doc/emacs/maintaining.texi b/doc/emacs/maintaining.texi
index 29e05ba17e5..305487b4e6d 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/maintaining.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/maintaining.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual., Abbrevs, This is part of the Emacs manual., Top
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 1999--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 1999--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Maintaining
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ after popping up the @file{*vc-log*} buffer to allow you to type a
 suitable commit log message.
 
 Once you type @kbd{C-x v v}, the fileset or patches cannot be changed
-without first cancelling the commit by typing @kbd{C-c C-k} in the
+without first canceling the commit by typing @kbd{C-c C-k} in the
 @file{*vc-log*} buffer.  For example, if you change which files are
 marked in the @file{*vc-dir*} buffer after Emacs has already popped up
 the @file{*vc-log*} buffer, the old fileset will remain in effect for
@@ -1057,17 +1057,21 @@ Display the log entry and changes (diffs) of a single @var{revision}
 (@code{vc-print-root-log}).
 
 @item C-x v b l
-Display the change history for another branch
-(@code{vc-print-branch-log}).
+Display the change history for the current fileset on another branch
+(@code{vc-print-fileset-branch-log}).
+
+@item C-x v b L
+Display the change history for the current repository on another branch
+(@code{vc-print-root-branch-log}).
 
 @item C-x v I
 Display log entries for the changes that a ``pull'' operation will
-retrieve (@code{vc-log-incoming}).
+retrieve (@code{vc-root-log-incoming}).
 
 @vindex vc-use-incoming-outgoing-prefixes
 If you customize @code{vc-use-incoming-outgoing-prefixes} to
 non-@code{nil}, @kbd{C-x v I} becomes a prefix key, and
-@code{vc-log-incoming} becomes bound to @kbd{C-x v I L}.
+@code{vc-root-log-incoming} becomes bound to @kbd{C-x v I L}.
 
 @item M-x vc-root-diff-incoming
 Display a diff of all changes that a pull operation will retrieve.
@@ -1084,11 +1088,11 @@ non-@code{nil}, this command becomes available on @kbd{C-x v I =}.
 
 @item C-x v O
 Display log entries for the changes that will be sent by the next
-``push'' operation (@code{vc-log-outgoing}).
+``push'' operation (@code{vc-root-log-outgoing}).
 
 If you customize @code{vc-use-incoming-outgoing-prefixes} to
 non-@code{nil}, @kbd{C-x v O} becomes a prefix key, and
-@code{vc-log-outgoing} becomes bound to @kbd{C-x v O L}.
+@code{vc-root-log-outgoing} becomes bound to @kbd{C-x v O L}.
 
 @item M-x vc-root-diff-outgoing
 Display a diff of all changes that will be sent by the next push
@@ -1162,40 +1166,53 @@ showing only the first line of each log entry.  However, you can type
 revision at point.  A second @key{RET} hides it again.
 
 @kindex C-x v b l
-@findex vc-print-branch-log
-  @kbd{C-x v b l @var{branch-name} @key{RET}} (@code{vc-print-branch-log})
-displays a @file{*vc-change-log*} buffer showing the history of the
-version-controlled directory tree, like @code{vc-print-root-log} does,
-but it shows the history of a branch other than the current one; it
-prompts for the branch whose history to display.
+@kindex C-x v b L
+@findex vc-print-fileset-branch-log
+@findex vc-print-root-branch-log
+  @kbd{C-x v b l @var{branch-name} @key{RET}}
+(@code{vc-print-fileset-branch-log}) displays a @file{*vc-change-log*}
+buffer showing the history of changes made to the current fileset in the
+long form, like @code{vc-print-log} does, but it shows the history of a
+branch other than the current one; it prompts for the name of the branch
+whose history you would like to see.  @w{@kbd{C-x v b L
+@var{branch-name} @key{RET}}} (@code{vc-print-root-branch-log}) is
+similar except that it shows the history of the version-controlled
+directory tree, like @code{vc-print-root-log}.
+
+For a version control system for which it makes sense, you can also
+specify a revision ID instead of the name of a branch as
+@var{branch-name}, and Emacs will print a log starting from that
+revision ID.  You can also specify other names for specific revisions
+supported by the VCS, such as the names of tags (@pxref{Revision Tags}),
+or the remote branch references supported by Git.
 
 @kindex C-x v I
 @kindex C-x v O
-@findex vc-log-incoming
-@findex vc-log-outgoing
+@findex vc-root-log-incoming
+@findex vc-root-log-outgoing
   On a decentralized version control system, the @kbd{C-x v I}
-(@code{vc-log-incoming}) command displays a log buffer showing the
+(@code{vc-root-log-incoming}) command displays a log buffer showing the
 changes that will be applied the next time you run the version control
 system's pull command to get new revisions from another remote location
 (@pxref{Pulling / Pushing}).  This other remote location is the default
 one from which changes are pulled, as defined by the version control
-system; with a prefix argument, @code{vc-log-incoming} prompts for a
-particular remote location.  Similarly, @kbd{C-x v O}
-(@code{vc-log-outgoing}) shows the changes that will be sent to another
-remote location, the next time you run the push command; with a prefix
-argument, it prompts for a particular destination that in case of some
-version control system can be a branch name.
+system; with a prefix argument, @code{vc-root-log-incoming} prompts for
+a particular remote location.  Similarly, @kbd{C-x v O}
+(@code{vc-root-log-outgoing}) shows the changes that will be sent to
+another remote location, the next time you run the push command; with a
+prefix argument, it prompts for a particular destination that in case of
+some version control system can be a branch name.
 
 @findex vc-root-diff-incoming
 @findex vc-root-diff-outgoing
   The closely related commands @code{vc-root-diff-incoming} and
 @code{vc-root-diff-outgoing} are the diff analogues of
-@code{vc-log-incoming} and @code{vc-log-outgoing}.  These display diff
-buffers reporting the changes that would be pulled or pushed.  You can
-use a prefix argument here too to specify a particular remote location.
-@code{vc-root-diff-outgoing} is useful as a way to preview your push and
-quickly check that all and only the changes you intended to include were
-committed and will be pushed.
+@code{vc-root-log-incoming} and @code{vc-root-log-outgoing}.  These
+display diff buffers reporting the changes that would be pulled or
+pushed.  You can use a prefix argument here too to specify a particular
+remote location.  @code{vc-root-diff-outgoing} is useful as a way to
+preview your push and quickly check that all and only the changes you
+intended to include were committed and will be pushed.
 
 @findex vc-diff-incoming
 @findex vc-diff-outgoing
@@ -1343,6 +1360,7 @@ also prompt for a specific VCS shell command to run for this purpose.
 
 @table @kbd
 @item C-x v u
+@item C-x v @@
 Revert the work file(s) in the current VC fileset to the last revision
 (@code{vc-revert}).
 
@@ -1357,24 +1375,25 @@ Delete an unpushed commit from the revision history.
 @end table
 
 @kindex C-x v u
+@kindex C-x v @@
 @findex vc-revert
 @vindex vc-revert-show-diff
-  If you want to discard all the changes you have made to the current
-VC fileset, type @kbd{C-x v u} (@code{vc-revert}).  This will ask you
-for confirmation before discarding the changes.  If you agree, the
-fileset is reverted.
+  If you want to discard all the changes you have made to the current VC
+fileset, type @kbd{C-x v u} or @kbd{C-x v @@} (@code{vc-revert}).  This
+will ask you for confirmation before discarding the changes.  If you
+agree, the fileset is reverted.
 
   If @code{vc-revert-show-diff} is non-@code{nil}, this command will
-show you a diff between the work file(s) and the revision from which
-you started editing.  Afterwards, the diff buffer will either be
-killed (if this variable is @code{kill}), or the buffer will be buried
-(any other non-@code{nil} value).  If you don't want @kbd{C-x v u} to
-show a diff, set this variable to @code{nil} (you can still view the
-diff directly with @kbd{C-x v =}; @pxref{Old Revisions}).
-
-  On locking-based version control systems, @kbd{C-x v u} leaves files
-unlocked; you must lock again to resume editing.  You can also use
-@kbd{C-x v u} to unlock a file if you lock it and then decide not to
+show you a diff between the work file(s) and the revision from which you
+started editing.  Afterwards, the diff buffer will either be killed (if
+this variable is @code{kill}), or the buffer will be buried (any other
+non-@code{nil} value).  If you don't want @code{vc-revert} to show you
+diffs, set this variable to @code{nil} (you can still view the diff
+directly with @kbd{C-x v =}; @pxref{Old Revisions}).
+
+  On locking-based version control systems, @code{vc-revert} leaves
+files unlocked; you must lock again to resume editing.  You can also use
+@code{vc-revert} to unlock a file if you lock it and then decide not to
 change it.
 
 @findex vc-revert-or-delete-revision
@@ -1545,8 +1564,8 @@ repository, such as the name of the backend in use and the working
 directory.  In addition, for decentralized VCS, if you have outgoing
 commits (@pxref{VC Change Log}), Emacs displays a line @w{"Outgoing : N
 unpushed revisions"} where @var{N} is a number.  You can click on this
-text to execute the @code{vc-log-outgoing} command (@pxref{VC Change
-Log}).
+text to execute the @code{vc-root-log-outgoing} command (@pxref{VC
+Change Log}).
 
 @vindex vc-dir-show-outgoing-count
   Emacs tries to use cached information to determine the number of
@@ -1624,6 +1643,10 @@ ignore (@code{vc-dir-ignore}).  For instance, if the VC is Git, it
 will append this file to the @file{.gitignore} file.  If given a
 prefix, do this with all the marked files.
 
+@item @@
+Discard all the changes you have made to the current fileset
+(@code{vc-revert}).
+
 @item q
 Quit the VC Directory buffer, and bury it (@code{quit-window}).
 
@@ -1689,6 +1712,9 @@ Do an incremental regular expression search on the fileset
 Apart from acting on multiple files, these commands behave much like
 their single-buffer counterparts (@pxref{Search}).
 
+@c Outstanding changes commands under 'T' are not mentioned because
+@c these are an advanced feature documented only in vc1-xtra.texi.
+
   The VC Directory buffer additionally defines some branch-related
 commands starting with the prefix @kbd{b}:
 
@@ -1697,9 +1723,9 @@ commands starting with the prefix @kbd{b}:
 Create a new branch (@code{vc-create-branch}).  @xref{Creating
 Branches}.
 
-@item b l
+@item b L
 Prompt for the name of a branch and display the change history of that
-branch (@code{vc-print-branch-log}).
+branch (@code{vc-print-root-branch-log}).
 
 @item b s
 Switch to a branch (@code{vc-switch-branch}).  @xref{Switching
@@ -1823,9 +1849,9 @@ with Git, and @kbd{hg push} with Mercurial.  The default commands
 always push to the repository in the default location determined by
 the version control system from your branch configuration.
 
-Prior to pushing, you can use @kbd{C-x v O} (@code{vc-log-outgoing})
-to view a log buffer of the changes to be sent upstream.  @xref{VC
-Change Log}.
+Prior to pushing, you can use @kbd{C-x v O}
+(@code{vc-root-log-outgoing}) to view a log buffer of the changes to be
+sent upstream.  @xref{VC Change Log}.
 
 @cindex bound branch (Bazaar VCS)
 This command is currently supported only by Bazaar, Git, and Mercurial.
@@ -1859,9 +1885,9 @@ it into the current branch.  With Mercurial, it calls @kbd{hg pull
 -u} to fetch changesets from the default remote repository and update
 the working directory.
 
-  Prior to pulling, you can use @kbd{C-x v I} (@code{vc-log-incoming})
-to view a log buffer of the changes to be applied.  @xref{VC Change
-Log}.
+  Prior to pulling, you can use @kbd{C-x v I}
+(@code{vc-root-log-incoming}) to view a log buffer of the changes to be
+applied.  @xref{VC Change Log}.
 
   With a centralized version control system like CVS, @kbd{C-x v +}
 updates the current VC fileset from the repository.
@@ -2032,7 +2058,10 @@ project.  See its entry below for description and related options.
 If this user option is non-@code{nil}, Emacs displays the name of the
 current project (if any) on the mode line; clicking @kbd{mouse-1} on
 the project name pops up the menu with the project-related commands.
-The default value is @code{nil}.
+The default value is @code{nil}.  If the value is @code{non-remote},
+Emacs will show the name of the project only for local files; this comes
+in handy when updating the mode line for projects on remote systems is
+slow due to network latencies.
 @end defopt
 
 @menu
@@ -2305,7 +2334,9 @@ Using this variable you can add more ignore patterns to the project, to
 exclude more files from the project's file listing.  The value is a list
 of glob strings.  They can match both regular files and directories.  To
 anchor an entry to the project root, start it with @code{./}.  To match
-directories only, end it with @code{/}.
+directories only, end it with @code{/}.  When this variable has
+directory-local value, it will only be applied to the corresponding
+directory subtree.
 @end defopt
 
 @defopt project-vc-name
@@ -2469,7 +2500,7 @@ between them.
 end of the change log file.  Here is an example:
 
 @smallexample
-Copyright 1997--1998, 2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright 1997--1998, 2025--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are
 permitted provided the copyright notice and this notice are preserved.
 @end smallexample
@@ -2538,12 +2569,13 @@ files, and build a database of these references.  A backend can then
 access this database whenever it needs to list or look up references.
 The Emacs distribution includes @command{etags}, a command for tagging
 identifier definitions in programs, which supports many programming
-languages and other major modes, such as HTML, by extracting
-references into @dfn{tags tables}.  @xref{Create Tags Table}.  Major
-modes for languages supported by @command{etags} can use tags tables
-as basis for their backend.  (One disadvantage of this kind of backend
-is that tags tables need to be kept reasonably up to date, by
-rebuilding them from time to time.)
+languages and other major modes, such as HTML, by extracting references
+into @dfn{tags tables}.  Major modes for languages supported by
+@command{etags} can use tags tables as basis for their backend.  Enable
+@code{etags-regen-mode} to have tags tables generated across the current
+project for supported file types and updated automatically upon edit.
+Alternatively, you can build the table manually to control the set of
+files and when it is updated, see @ref{Create Tags Table}.
 @end enumerate
 
 @menu
@@ -2617,6 +2649,9 @@ to always prompt, customize @code{xref-prompt-for-identifier} to
 usual minibuffer completion commands (@pxref{Completion}), with the
 known identifier names being the completion candidates.
 
+  It uses the current Xref backend, and will signal an error when there
+is none configured, with some recommendations.
+
 @kindex C-x 4 .
 @findex xref-find-definitions-other-window
 @kindex C-x 5 .
@@ -2997,7 +3032,9 @@ writes the tags to a @dfn{tags table file}, or @dfn{tags file} in
 short.  The conventional name for a tags file is @file{TAGS}@.
 @xref{Create Tags Table}.  (It is also possible to create a tags table
 by using one of the commands from other packages that can produce such
-tables in the same format.)
+tables in the same format.)  If you enable the @code{etags-regen-mode}
+global minor mode, Emacs will generate and update the tags tables
+automatically as needed.
 
   Emacs uses the tags tables via the @code{etags} package as one of
 the supported backends for @code{xref}.  Because tags tables are
@@ -3279,6 +3316,10 @@ You should update a tags table when you define new tags that you want
 to have listed, or when you move tag definitions from one file to
 another, or when changes become substantial.
 
+  If the @code{etags-regen-mode} minor mode, described below, is
+enabled, Emacs will automatically keep the tags tables up-to-date as
+needed.
+
   You can make a tags table @dfn{include} another tags table, by
 passing the @samp{--include=@var{file}} option to @command{etags}.  It
 then covers all the files covered by the included tags file, as well
@@ -3387,11 +3428,11 @@ Command-line options to pass to the program which regenerates tags
 tables.
 
 @item etags-regen-ignores
-List of glob patterns which specify files to ignore when regenerating
-tags tables.
+List of glob wildcard patterns which specify files to ignore when
+regenerating tags tables.
 @end vtable
 
-@cindex tags-reset-tags-tables
+@findex tags-reset-tags-tables
   If you select a tags table manually, with @kbd{M-x visit-tags-table}
 (@pxref{Select Tags Table}), @code{etags-regen-mode} effectively
 disables itself: it will no longer automatically create and update
@@ -3576,6 +3617,12 @@ to the first directory that contains a file named @file{TAGS}
 encountered when recursively searching upward from the default
 directory.
 
+  If you enable the @code{etags-regen-mode} global minor mode, it will
+automatically find and visit the tags table file when needed.  If you
+then invoke @code{visit-tags-table} manually to select a tags table,
+@code{etags-regen-mode} will disable automatic regeneration of the tags
+table.  @xref{Create Tags Table}.
+
 @vindex tags-file-name
   Emacs does not actually read in the tags table contents until you
 try to use them; all @code{visit-tags-table} does is store the file
diff --git a/doc/emacs/mark.texi b/doc/emacs/mark.texi
index 4145c1772b2..4c802f6e8a9 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/mark.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/mark.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Mark
diff --git a/doc/emacs/mini.texi b/doc/emacs/mini.texi
index 37a20f3eb78..7936712d31c 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/mini.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/mini.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Minibuffer
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ completion buffer and delete the window showing it
 
 @vindex minibuffer-visible-completions
   If the variable @code{minibuffer-visible-completions} is customized to
-a non-@code{nil} value, it changes the commands bound to the arrow keys:
+the value @code{t}, it changes the commands bound to the arrow keys:
 instead of moving in the minibuffer, they move between completion
 candidates, like meta-arrow keys do by default (but note that, just as
 when the window showing the completion list is selected, here too,
@@ -509,7 +509,11 @@ when the window showing the completion list is selected, here too,
 regardless of the completion list format).  Similarly, @kbd{@key{RET}}
 selects the current candidate, like @kbd{M-@key{RET}} does normally.
 @code{C-g} hides the completion window, but leaves the minibuffer
-active, so you can continue typing at the prompt.
+active, so you can continue typing at the prompt.  If the value of this
+variable is @code{up-down}, only the @kbd{@key{UP}} and @kbd{@key{DOWN}}
+arrow keys move point between completion candidates, while
+@kbd{@key{RIGHT}} and @kbd{@key{LEFT}} move point in the minibuffer
+window.
 
 @node Completion Exit
 @subsection Completion Exit
diff --git a/doc/emacs/misc.texi b/doc/emacs/misc.texi
index 6c700869182..0d6745d312e 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/misc.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/misc.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @iftex
 @chapter Miscellaneous Commands
diff --git a/doc/emacs/modes.texi b/doc/emacs/modes.texi
index b5049ccbd01..a2dad0ddbf7 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/modes.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/modes.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Modes
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ remapping from @code{c-mode} to @code{c-ts-mode} (if you enable the
 latter).  By default, this option's value is @code{nil}, so no
 tree-sitter based modes are enabled.
 
-Enabling a tree-stter based mode means that visiting files in the
+Enabling a tree-sitter based mode means that visiting files in the
 corresponding programming language will automatically turn on that mode,
 instead of any non-tree-sitter based modes for the same language.  For
 example, if you enable @code{c-ts-mode}, visiting C source files will
diff --git a/doc/emacs/msdos-xtra.texi b/doc/emacs/msdos-xtra.texi
index b0893b47d33..16818dcf5e0 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/msdos-xtra.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/msdos-xtra.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2004--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2004--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @c
 @c This file is included either in emacs-xtra.texi (when producing the
diff --git a/doc/emacs/msdos.texi b/doc/emacs/msdos.texi
index f97151c630f..26b6ccbce09 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/msdos.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/msdos.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Microsoft Windows
diff --git a/doc/emacs/mule.texi b/doc/emacs/mule.texi
index 61734bd09d6..9275da62bdc 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/mule.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/mule.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1997, 1999--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 1997, 1999--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node International
 @chapter International Character Set Support
diff --git a/doc/emacs/package.texi b/doc/emacs/package.texi
index fd8a79aa922..e6432678c62 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/package.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/package.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Packages
@@ -402,6 +402,17 @@ package is somehow unavailable, Emacs signals an error and stops
 installation.)  A package's requirements list is shown in its help
 buffer.
 
+@cindex review
+@vindex package-review-policy
+  If you are cautious when it comes to installing and upgrading packages
+from package archives, you can configure @code{package-review-policy} to
+give you a chance to review packages before installing them.  By setting
+the user option to @code{t}, you get to review all packages (including
+dependencies), during which you can browse the source code, examine a
+diff between the downloaded package and a previous installation or read
+a changelog.  You can also configure @code{package-review-policy} to
+selectively trust or distrust specific packages or archives.
+
 @cindex GNU ELPA
 @cindex NonGNU ELPA
   By default, Emacs downloads packages from two archives:
diff --git a/doc/emacs/picture-xtra.texi b/doc/emacs/picture-xtra.texi
index e746a9d5081..f604f87ca44 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/picture-xtra.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/picture-xtra.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2004--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2004--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @c
 @c This file is included either in emacs-xtra.texi (when producing the
diff --git a/doc/emacs/programs.texi b/doc/emacs/programs.texi
index 1e487120272..57d3babef41 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/programs.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/programs.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 1999--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 1999--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Programs
diff --git a/doc/emacs/regs.texi b/doc/emacs/regs.texi
index 04042be2b8f..4a2683c7a5d 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/regs.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/regs.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Registers
diff --git a/doc/emacs/rmail.texi b/doc/emacs/rmail.texi
index 70fabace693..987fe3a55d4 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/rmail.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/rmail.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Rmail
diff --git a/doc/emacs/screen.texi b/doc/emacs/screen.texi
index e2546ce132d..05c259f93c5 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/screen.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/screen.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Screen
diff --git a/doc/emacs/search.texi b/doc/emacs/search.texi
index 11626480fe9..2bd35380780 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/search.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/search.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Search
diff --git a/doc/emacs/sending.texi b/doc/emacs/sending.texi
index 0c45330eb24..7e63768a748 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/sending.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/sending.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Sending Mail
diff --git a/doc/emacs/text.texi b/doc/emacs/text.texi
index d8a7e0fc25e..f37601be629 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/text.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/text.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Text
diff --git a/doc/emacs/trouble.texi b/doc/emacs/trouble.texi
index 45f15c7dd0d..dbb1cfd8cdd 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/trouble.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/trouble.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @iftex
diff --git a/doc/emacs/vc-xtra.texi b/doc/emacs/vc-xtra.texi
index bbcdc2d224c..f4a70a68464 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/vc-xtra.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/vc-xtra.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2004--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2004--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @c
 @c This file is included in emacs-xtra.texi when producing the printed
diff --git a/doc/emacs/vc1-xtra.texi b/doc/emacs/vc1-xtra.texi
index 6f1face7f40..2bb695025db 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/vc1-xtra.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/vc1-xtra.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2004--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2004--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @c
 @c This file is included either in vc-xtra.texi (when producing the
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 * VC Delete/Rename::    Deleting and renaming version-controlled files.
 * Revision Tags::       Symbolic names for revisions.
 * Merge Bases::         The most recent revision existing on both branches.
-* Outgoing Base Diffs:: Diffs including all outstanding changes on a branch.
+* Outstanding Changes:: Diffs including all outstanding changes on a branch.
 * Other Working Trees:: Multiple sets of workfiles.
 * Version Headers::     Inserting version control headers into working files.
 * Editing VC Commands:: Editing the VC shell commands that Emacs will run.
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ another (@code{vc-log-mergebase}).
 
 @c This definition is possibly dVCS-specific -- can revisions exist on
 @c more than one branch for older VCS?  This needs thinking through if
-@c any of our centalized VCS gain support for these commands.
+@c any of our centralized VCS gain support for these commands.
 The @dfn{merge base} of two branches is the most recent revision that
 exists on both branches.  If neither of the branches was ever merged
 into the other (@pxref{Merging}), then the merge base is the revision
@@ -293,27 +293,36 @@ on the target branch if you were to merge the source branch into it, and
 @kbd{C-x v M L} shows you a log of the changes on the source branch not
 yet merged into the target branch.
 
-@node Outgoing Base Diffs
-@subsubsection Commands for diffs including all outstanding changes
+@node Outstanding Changes
+@subsubsection Commands to see all outstanding changes
 @cindex outstanding changes
 
 @table @kbd
-@item C-x v B =
+@item C-x v T =
 Display diffs of changes to the VC fileset since the merge base of this
 branch and its upstream counterpart (@code{vc-diff-outgoing-base}).
 
-@item C-x v B D
-Display all changes since the merge base of this branch and its upstream
-counterpart (@code{vc-root-diff-outgoing-base}).
+@item C-x v T D
+Display a diff of all changes since the merge base of this branch and
+its upstream counterpart (@code{vc-root-diff-outgoing-base}).
+
+@item C-x v T l
+Display log messages for changes to the VC fileset since the merge base
+of this branch and its upstream counterpart
+(@code{vc-log-outgoing-base}).
+
+@item C-x v T L
+Display log messages for all changes since the merge base of this branch
+and its upstream counterpart (@code{vc-root-log-outgoing-base}).
 @end table
 
 For decentralized version control systems (@pxref{VCS Repositories}),
-these commands provide specialized versions of @kbd{C-x v M D} (see
-@pxref{Merge Bases}) which also take into account the state of upstream
-repositories.  These commands are useful both when working on a single
-branch and when developing features on a separate branch
-(@pxref{Branches}).  These two cases involve using the commands
-differently, and so we will describe them separately.
+these commands provide specialized versions of @kbd{C-x v M L} and
+@w{@kbd{C-x v M D}} (see @pxref{Merge Bases}) which also take into
+account the state of upstream repositories.  These commands are useful
+both when working on a single branch and when developing features on a
+separate branch (@pxref{Branches}).  These two cases are conceptually
+distinct, and so we will introduce them separately.
 
 First, consider working on a single branch.  @dfn{Outstanding changes}
 are those which you haven't yet pushed upstream.  This includes both
@@ -321,17 +330,17 @@ unpushed commits and uncommitted changes in your working tree.  In many
 cases the reason these changes are not pushed yet is that they are not
 finished: the changes committed so far don't make sense in isolation.
 
-@kindex C-x v B =
+@kindex C-x v T =
 @findex vc-diff-outgoing-base
-@kindex C-x v B D
+@kindex C-x v T D
 @findex vc-root-diff-outgoing-base
-Type @kbd{C-x v B D} (@code{vc-root-diff-outgoing-base}) to display a
+Type @kbd{C-x v T D} (@code{vc-root-diff-outgoing-base}) to display a
 summary of all these changes, committed and uncommitted.  This summary
 is in the form of a diff of what committing and pushing (@pxref{Pulling
 / Pushing}) all these changes would do to the upstream repository.  You
-can use @kbd{C-x v B =} (@code{vc-diff-outgoing-base}) instead to limit
+can use @kbd{C-x v T =} (@code{vc-diff-outgoing-base}) instead to limit
 the display of changes to the current VC fileset.  (The difference
-between @w{@kbd{C-x v B D}} and @w{@kbd{C-x v B =}} is like the
+between @w{@kbd{C-x v T D}} and @w{@kbd{C-x v T =}} is like the
 difference between @kbd{C-x v D} and @kbd{C-x v =} (@pxref{Old
 Revisions}).)@footnote{Another point of comparison is that these
 commands are like @w{@kbd{C-x v O =}} (@code{vc-fileset-diff-outgoing})
@@ -340,42 +349,135 @@ include uncommitted changes in the reported diffs.  Like those other
 commands, you can use a prefix argument to specify a particular upstream
 location.}
 
+@kindex C-x v T l
+@findex vc-log-outgoing-base
+@kindex C-x v T L
+@findex vc-root-log-outgoing-base
+Type @kbd{C-x v T L} (@code{vc-root-log-outgoing-base}) to display a
+summary of the same changes in the form of a revision log; this does not
+include uncommitted changes.  You can use @kbd{C-x v T l}
+(@code{vc-log-outgoing-base}) instead to limit the display of changes to
+the current VC fileset.
+
 Second, consider developing a feature on a separate branch.  Call this
-the @dfn{feature branch},@footnote{Many version control workflows
-involve developing new features on isolated branches.  However, the term
-``feature branch'' is usually reserved for a particular kind of isolated
-branch, one that other branches are repeatedly merged into.
-
-That doesn't matter to this explanation, so we use ``feature branch'' to
-refer to the separate branch used for developing the feature even though
-whether it is really a feature branch depends on other aspects of the
-branching workflow in use.} and call the branch from which the feature
-branch was originally created the @dfn{trunk} or @dfn{development
-trunk}.
+the @dfn{topic branch},@footnote{What we mean by a topic branch is any
+shorter-lived branch used for work which will later be merged into a
+longer-lived branch.  Topic branches are sometimes called ``feature
+branches''.  It is also common for the term ``feature branch'' to be
+reserved for a particular kind of topic branch, one that another branch
+or other branches are repeatedly merged into.} and call the branch from
+which the topic branch was originally created the @dfn{trunk} or
+@dfn{development trunk}.
 
 In this case, outstanding changes is a more specific notion than just
-unpushed and uncommitted changes on the feature branch.  You're not
+unpushed and uncommitted changes on the topic branch.  You're not
 finished sharing changes with your collaborators until they have been
 merged into the trunk, and pushed.  Therefore, in this example,
 outstanding changes are those which haven't yet been integrated into the
 upstream repository's development trunk.  That means committed changes
-on the feature branch that haven't yet been merged into the trunk, plus
+on the topic branch that haven't yet been merged into the trunk, plus
 uncommitted changes.
 
+When the current branch is a topic branch and you type @kbd{C-x v T D},
+Emacs displays a summary of all the changes that are outstanding against
+the trunk to which the current branch will be merged.  This summary is
+in the form of a diff of what committing and pushing all the changes,
+@emph{and} subsequently merging the topic branch, would do to the trunk.
+As above, you can use @kbd{C-x v T =} instead to limit the display of
+changes to the current VC fileset.  @kbd{C-x v T L} and @kbd{C-x v T l}
+show the corresponding revision logs, excluding uncommitted changes as
+above.
+
+This functionality relies on Emacs correctly detecting whether the
+current branch is a trunk or a topic branch, and in the latter case,
+correctly determining the branch to which the topic branch will
+eventually be merged.  If the autodetection doesn't produce the right
+results, there are several options to tweak and override it.
+
+@vindex vc-trunk-branch-regexps
+@vindex vc-topic-branch-regexps
+The variables @code{vc-trunk-branch-regexps} and
+@code{vc-topic-branch-regexps} contain lists of regular expressions
+matching the names of branches that should always be considered trunk
+and topic branches, respectively.  You can also specify prefix arguments
+to @kbd{C-x v T @dots{}}.  Here is a summary of how to use these
+controls:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+If the problem is that Emacs thinks your topic branch is a trunk, you
+can add either its name, or a regular expression matching its name
+(@pxref{Regexps}), to the @code{vc-topic-branch-regexps} variable.
+There are a few special kinds of value to simplify common use cases:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+If an element contains no characters that are special in regular
+expressions, then the regular expression is implictly anchored at both
+ends, i.e., it matches only a branch with exactly that name.
+
+@item
+If the first element of @code{vc-topic-branch-regexps} is the symbol
+@code{not}, then the meaning of @code{vc-topic-branch-regexps} is
+inverted, in that Emacs treats all branches whose names @emph{don't}
+match any element of @code{vc-topic-branch-regexps} to be topic
+branches.
+
+@item
+If instead of a list of regular expressions the
+@code{vc-topic-branch-regexps} variable has the special value @code{t},
+then Emacs treats as a topic branch any branch that the
+@code{vc-trunk-branch-regexps} variable doesn't positively identify as a
+trunk.
+@end itemize
+
+@xref{Directory Variables}, regarding how to specify values of
+@code{vc-topic-branch-regexps} and @code{vc-trunk-branch-regexps} for a
+single VC repository.
+
+@item
+If the problem is that Emacs thinks your trunk is a topic branch, you
+can add either its name, or a regular expression matching its name, to
+the @code{vc-trunk-branch-regexps} variable.  This works just like
+@code{vc-topic-branch-regexps} with the same special values we just
+described.  E.g., if the value of @code{vc-trunk-branch-regexps} is
+@code{t}, Emacs treats as a trunk any branch that the
+@code{vc-topic-branch-regexps} variable doesn't identify as a topic
+branch.
+
+@item
+Supply a double prefix argument, i.e. @w{@kbd{C-u C-u C-x v T @dots{}}},
+and Emacs will treat the current branch as a trunk, no matter what.
+This is useful when you simply want to obtain a diff of all outgoing
+changes (@pxref{VC Change Log}) plus uncommitted changes.
+
+@item
 @cindex outgoing base, version control
-The @dfn{outgoing base} is the upstream location for which the changes
-are destined once they are no longer outstanding.  In this case, that's
-the upstream version of the trunk, to which you and your collaborators
-push finished work.
-
-To display a summary of outgoing changes in this multi-branch example,
-supply a prefix argument, by typing @w{@kbd{C-u C-x v B =}} or
-@w{@kbd{C-u C-x v B D}}.  When prompted, enter the outgoing base.
-Exactly what you must supply here depends on the name of your
-development trunk and the version control system in use.  For example,
-with Git, usually you will enter @kbd{origin/master}.  We hope to
-improve these commands such that no prefix argument is required in the
-multi-branch case, too.
+Finally, you can take full manual control by supplying a single prefix
+argument, i.e. @w{@kbd{C-u C-x v T @dots{}}}.  Emacs will prompt you for
+the @dfn{outgoing base}, which is the upstream location for which the
+changes are destined once they are no longer outstanding.
+
+To treat the current branch as a trunk specify a reference to the
+upstream version of the current branch, to which you and your
+collaborators push finished work.  To treat the current branch as a
+topic branch specify a reference to the upstream version of the trunk to
+which the topic branch will later be merged.
+
+Exactly how to specify a reference to the upstream version of a branch
+depends on the version control system in use.  For example, with Git, to
+refer to the upstream version of a branch @var{foo}, you would supply
+@kbd{origin/@var{foo}}.  So if @var{foo} is the current branch then you
+would enter an outgoing base of @kbd{origin/@var{foo}} to treat
+@var{foo} as a trunk, or an outgoing base of @kbd{origin/@var{bar}} to
+treat @var{foo} as a topic branch which will later be merged into a
+trunk named @var{bar}.
+
+If there is a default option, it is what Emacs thinks you need to enter
+in order to treat the current branch as a topic branch.  If there is no
+default, then entering nothing at the prompt means to treat the current
+branch as a trunk.
+@end enumerate
 
 @node Other Working Trees
 @subsubsection Multiple Working Trees for One Repository
@@ -412,7 +514,7 @@ Ordinary VC commands like @kbd{C-x v v} (@pxref{Basic VC Editing}) and
 when there exist other working trees, except that the commits, branches
 and other VC artifacts they create will be visible from all working
 trees.  Another way to put this is that any action taken in any working
-tree which creates new artefacts in the VCS backing store will be
+tree which creates new artifacts in the VCS backing store will be
 visible from other working trees, but actions which only affect
 workfiles won't be.  So if you apply a patch to some workfiles in one
 working tree, that only affects that working tree.  But if you commit
@@ -609,11 +711,11 @@ arguments to VCS commands without unnecessary complications of the VC
 command set and its interfaces with the backend.
 
 For example, Git can produce logs of more than one branch, but
-@kbd{C-x v b l} (@code{vc-print-branch-log}) prompts for the name of
-just one branch.  To obtain a log of more than one branch, you can
-type @w{@kbd{C-x v ! C-x v b l}} and then append the names of
-additional branches to the end of the @samp{git log} command that VC
-is about to run.
+@w{@kbd{C-x v b L}} (@code{vc-print-root-branch-log}) prompts for the
+name of just one branch.  To obtain a log of more than one branch, you
+can type @w{@kbd{C-x v ! C-x v b L}} and then append the names of
+additional branches to the end of the @samp{git log} command that VC is
+about to run.
 
 @node Preparing Patches
 @subsubsection Preparing Patches
diff --git a/doc/emacs/windows.texi b/doc/emacs/windows.texi
index 4c3174b9e1a..8500e3b7731 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/windows.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/windows.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1985--1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2000--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Windows
@@ -519,6 +519,8 @@ selected frame, and display the buffer in that new window.
 @vindex split-height-threshold
 @vindex split-width-threshold
 @vindex split-window-preferred-direction
+@cindex portrait frame
+@cindex landscape frame
 The split can be either vertical or horizontal, depending on the
 variables @code{split-height-threshold} and
 @code{split-width-threshold}.  These variables should have integer
@@ -528,8 +530,14 @@ window's height, the split puts the new window below.  Otherwise, if
 split puts the new window on the right.  If neither condition holds,
 Emacs tries to split so that the new window is below---but only if the
 window was not split before (to avoid excessive splitting).  Whether
-Emacs tries first to split vertically or horizontally, is
-determined by the value of @code{split-window-preferred-direction}.
+Emacs tries first to split vertically or horizontally when both
+conditions hold is determined by the value of
+@code{split-window-preferred-direction}.  Its default is @code{longest},
+which means to split vertically if the window's frame is taller than it
+is wide (a @dfn{portrait} frame), and split horizontally if its wider
+than it's tall (a @dfn{landscape} frame).  The values @code{vertical}
+and @code{horizontal} always prefer, respectively, the vertical or the
+horizontal split.
 
 @item
 Otherwise, display the buffer in a window previously showing it.
diff --git a/doc/emacs/xresources.texi b/doc/emacs/xresources.texi
index 0f7aa9fdf52..94b00cc8aea 100644
--- a/doc/emacs/xresources.texi
+++ b/doc/emacs/xresources.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1987, 1993--1995, 1997, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
 @node X Resources
diff --git a/doc/lispintro/ChangeLog.1 b/doc/lispintro/ChangeLog.1
index badacd6c1aa..b03f37ff954 100644
--- a/doc/lispintro/ChangeLog.1
+++ b/doc/lispintro/ChangeLog.1
@@ -782,7 +782,7 @@
 ;; coding: utf-8
 ;; End:
 
-  Copyright (C) 2001-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+  Copyright (C) 2001-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
   This file is part of GNU Emacs.
 
diff --git a/doc/lispintro/Makefile.in b/doc/lispintro/Makefile.in
index 715882423e2..411a6f1a473 100644
--- a/doc/lispintro/Makefile.in
+++ b/doc/lispintro/Makefile.in
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ### @configure_input@
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994-1999, 2001-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994-1999, 2001-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 # This file is part of GNU Emacs.
 
diff --git a/doc/lispintro/README b/doc/lispintro/README
index 08432e738ea..e6eb899a513 100644
--- a/doc/lispintro/README
+++ b/doc/lispintro/README
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Copyright (C) 2001-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 2001-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 See the end of the file for license conditions.
 
 
diff --git a/doc/lispintro/cons-1.eps b/doc/lispintro/cons-1.eps
index b97af28e2d3..33fd5f0b8aa 100644
--- a/doc/lispintro/cons-1.eps
+++ b/doc/lispintro/cons-1.eps
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 %%CreationDate: Wed Mar  8 14:26:58 1995
 %%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
 
-% Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2001-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+% Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2001-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 %
 % This file is part of GNU Emacs.
 %
diff --git a/doc/lispintro/cons-2.eps b/doc/lispintro/cons-2.eps
index 025dbb72b0c..987e36e3359 100644
--- a/doc/lispintro/cons-2.eps
+++ b/doc/lispintro/cons-2.eps
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 %%CreationDate: Wed Mar  8 14:26:39 1995
 %%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
 
-% Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2001-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+% Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2001-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 %
 % This file is part of GNU Emacs.
 %
diff --git a/doc/lispintro/cons-2a.eps b/doc/lispintro/cons-2a.eps
index 8e584d02284..026823ac8e0 100644
--- a/doc/lispintro/cons-2a.eps
+++ b/doc/lispintro/cons-2a.eps
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 %%CreationDate: Tue Mar 14 15:09:30 1995
 %%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
 
-% Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2001-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+% Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2001-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 %
 % This file is part of GNU Emacs.
 %
diff --git a/doc/lispintro/cons-3.eps b/doc/lispintro/cons-3.eps
index a0645aae660..80d244f5042 100644
--- a/doc/lispintro/cons-3.eps
+++ b/doc/lispintro/cons-3.eps
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 %%CreationDate: Wed Mar  8 14:25:41 1995
 %%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
 
-% Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2001-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+% Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2001-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 %
 % This file is part of GNU Emacs.
 %
diff --git a/doc/lispintro/cons-4.eps b/doc/lispintro/cons-4.eps
index 9aaf39039b0..58a15c2c5b5 100644
--- a/doc/lispintro/cons-4.eps
+++ b/doc/lispintro/cons-4.eps
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 %%CreationDate: Wed Mar  8 14:25:06 1995
 %%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
 
-% Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2001-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+% Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2001-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 %
 % This file is part of GNU Emacs.
 %
diff --git a/doc/lispintro/cons-5.eps b/doc/lispintro/cons-5.eps
index d771f470ac2..4fa0669cc40 100644
--- a/doc/lispintro/cons-5.eps
+++ b/doc/lispintro/cons-5.eps
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 %%CreationDate: Wed Mar  8 14:27:28 1995
 %%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
 
-% Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2001-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+% Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2001-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 %
 % This file is part of GNU Emacs.
 %
diff --git a/doc/lispintro/drawers.eps b/doc/lispintro/drawers.eps
index a4dc0246f59..d11575c22aa 100644
--- a/doc/lispintro/drawers.eps
+++ b/doc/lispintro/drawers.eps
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 %%EndComments
 %%BeginProlog
 
-% Copyright (C) 2001-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+% Copyright (C) 2001-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 %
 % This file is part of GNU Emacs.
 %
diff --git a/doc/lispintro/emacs-lisp-intro.texi b/doc/lispintro/emacs-lisp-intro.texi
index fe72a4d8d24..371c8993cdd 100644
--- a/doc/lispintro/emacs-lisp-intro.texi
+++ b/doc/lispintro/emacs-lisp-intro.texi
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Edition @value{edition-number}, @value{update-date}
 @sp 1
 Distributed with Emacs version @value{EMACSVER}.
 @sp 1
-Copyright @copyright{} 1990--1995, 1997, 2001--2025 Free Software
+Copyright @copyright{} 1990--1995, 1997, 2001--2026 Free Software
 Foundation, Inc.
 @sp 1
 
diff --git a/doc/lispintro/lambda-1.eps b/doc/lispintro/lambda-1.eps
index 3d2af88bbb4..dbc5b9de5d6 100644
--- a/doc/lispintro/lambda-1.eps
+++ b/doc/lispintro/lambda-1.eps
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 %%CreationDate: Wed Mar  8 14:31:53 1995
 %%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
 
-% Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2001-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+% Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2001-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 %
 % This file is part of GNU Emacs.
 %
diff --git a/doc/lispintro/lambda-2.eps b/doc/lispintro/lambda-2.eps
index 2d222361d3c..1e3767392b4 100644
--- a/doc/lispintro/lambda-2.eps
+++ b/doc/lispintro/lambda-2.eps
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 %%CreationDate: Wed Mar  8 14:33:09 1995
 %%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
 
-% Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2001-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+% Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2001-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 %
 % This file is part of GNU Emacs.
 %
diff --git a/doc/lispintro/lambda-3.eps b/doc/lispintro/lambda-3.eps
index 31c5f50aea7..b6318ed4526 100644
--- a/doc/lispintro/lambda-3.eps
+++ b/doc/lispintro/lambda-3.eps
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 %%CreationDate: Wed Mar  8 14:33:49 1995
 %%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
 
-% Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2001-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+% Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2001-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 %
 % This file is part of GNU Emacs.
 %
diff --git a/doc/lispref/ChangeLog.1 b/doc/lispref/ChangeLog.1
index 2acde16f79e..3b6a6b00d51 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/ChangeLog.1
+++ b/doc/lispref/ChangeLog.1
@@ -13989,7 +13989,7 @@
 ;; coding: utf-8
 ;; End:
 
-  Copyright (C) 1998-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+  Copyright (C) 1998-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
   This file is part of GNU Emacs.
 
diff --git a/doc/lispref/Makefile.in b/doc/lispref/Makefile.in
index cbd57bdf20b..1140551a34a 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/Makefile.in
+++ b/doc/lispref/Makefile.in
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ### @configure_input@
 
-# Copyright (C) 1990-1996, 1998-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1990-1996, 1998-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 # This file is part of GNU Emacs.
 
diff --git a/doc/lispref/README b/doc/lispref/README
index 55fd686d497..d5b5b21c81d 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/README
+++ b/doc/lispref/README
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Copyright (C) 2001-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.  -*- outline -*-
+Copyright (C) 2001-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.  -*- outline -*-
 See the end of the file for license conditions.
 
 
diff --git a/doc/lispref/abbrevs.texi b/doc/lispref/abbrevs.texi
index 3d16c53461a..1d04deeae1a 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/abbrevs.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/abbrevs.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1994, 1999, 2001--2025 Free Software Foundation,
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1994, 1999, 2001--2026 Free Software Foundation,
 @c Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Abbrevs
diff --git a/doc/lispref/anti.texi b/doc/lispref/anti.texi
index 161c9c5c9a3..861fa02c16b 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/anti.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/anti.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1999, 2002--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 1999, 2002--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 
 @c This node must have no pointers.
diff --git a/doc/lispref/back.texi b/doc/lispref/back.texi
index 54a036ac829..2db75343120 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/back.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/back.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 \input texinfo  @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2001--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2001--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @c
 @c %**start of header
diff --git a/doc/lispref/backups.texi b/doc/lispref/backups.texi
index 9e262346edb..b4e18916496 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/backups.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/backups.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1999, 2001--2025 Free Software Foundation,
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1999, 2001--2026 Free Software Foundation,
 @c Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Backups and Auto-Saving
diff --git a/doc/lispref/buffers.texi b/doc/lispref/buffers.texi
index e759df5746c..054efba9ae1 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/buffers.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/buffers.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Buffers
diff --git a/doc/lispref/commands.texi b/doc/lispref/commands.texi
index 5a2e3eb1ec9..b907ba96bed 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/commands.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/commands.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Command Loop
@@ -4062,7 +4062,8 @@ definition to find the actual event.
 user signals like @code{sigusr1} are normally handled in this way.
 The keymap which defines how to handle special events---and which
 events are special---is in the variable @code{special-event-map}
-(@pxref{Controlling Active Maps}).
+(@pxref{Controlling Active Maps}).  @xref{Misc Events}, for more details
+about these and other special events.
 
 @defun insert-special-event
 @cindex inserting special events
diff --git a/doc/lispref/compile.texi b/doc/lispref/compile.texi
index 57e67001847..87a1e053905 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/compile.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/compile.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1994, 2001--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1994, 2001--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Byte Compilation
 @chapter Byte Compilation
diff --git a/doc/lispref/control.texi b/doc/lispref/control.texi
index 421559cc811..2b882763e06 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/control.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/control.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*- mode: texinfo; coding: utf-8 -*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Control Structures
 @chapter Control Structures
@@ -1493,25 +1493,27 @@ argument:
 @subsection The @code{cond*} macro
 @findex cond*@r{, a macro}
 
-  The @code{cond*} macro is an alternative to @code{pcase}, and supports
-the same functionality, but using syntax that some might find less
-cryptic.
+  You can use the @code{cond*} macro as an alternative to @code{pcase}
+if you find @code{pcase}'s syntax too cryptic.  In addition,
+@code{cond*} offers some new forms of control flow that aren't related
+to being an alternative to @code{pcase}.
 
 @defmac cond* &rest clauses
 The @code{cond*} macro is an extended form of the traditional
 @code{cond}.  A @code{cond*} expression contains a series of
-@var{clauses}, each of which can use @code{bind*} to specify binding
-variables, use @code{match*} to specify matching a pattern as a
-condition, or specify an expression as a condition to evaluate as a
-test.
+@var{clauses}, each of which can use @code{bind*} or @code{bind-and*} to
+specify binding variables, use @code{match*} or @code{pcase*} to specify
+matching a pattern as a condition, or specify an expression as a
+condition to evaluate as a test.
 
 Each clause normally has the form @w{@code{(@var{condition}
 @var{body}@dots{})}}.
 
 @var{condition} can be a Lisp expression, as in @code{cond}
 (@pxref{Conditionals}).  Or it can be @w{@code{(bind*
-@var{bindings}@dots{})}} or @w{@code{(match* @var{pattern}
-@var{datum})}}.
+@var{bindings}@dots{})}}, @w{@code{(match* @var{pattern} @var{datum})}},
+@w{@code{(bind-and* @var{bindings}@dots{})}} or @w{@code{(pcase*
+@var{pattern} @var{datum})}}
 
 @findex bind*
 @code{(bind* @var{bindings}@dots{})} means to bind @var{bindings} (like
@@ -1522,10 +1524,10 @@ true if the first binding's value is non-@code{nil}.
 @findex bind-and*
 @code{(bind-and* @var{bindings}@dots{})} means to bind @var{bindings}
 (like the bindings list in @code{if-let*}, @pxref{Conditionals}) for
-only the body of the clause.  As a condition, it counts as true if none
-of the bindings evaluate to @code{nil}.  In addition, if any binding
-evaluates to @code{nil}, the expressions for the values of subsequent
-bindings are not evaluated.
+only the body of the clause.  It is always a non-exit clause.  As a
+condition, it counts as true if none of the bindings evaluate to
+@code{nil}.  In addition, if any binding evaluates to @code{nil}, the
+expressions for the values of subsequent bindings are not evaluated.
 
 @findex match*
 @findex pcase*
@@ -1536,23 +1538,24 @@ bind to the parts of @var{datum} that they match.
 @code{(pcase* @var{pattern} @var{datum})} works in the same way except it
 uses the Pcase syntax for @var{pattern}.
 
-@code{bind*}, @code{match*}, and @code{pcase*} normally bind their bindings over
-the execution of the whole containing clause.  However, if the clause is
-written to specify ``non-exit'', the clause's bindings cover the whole
-rest of the @code{cond*}.
+@code{match*}, and @code{pcase*} normally bind their bindings over the
+execution of the whole containing clause.  However, if the clause is
+written to specify ``non-exit'' (see below), the clause's bindings cover
+the whole rest of the @code{cond*}.
 
 When a clause's condition is true, and it exits the @code{cond*} or is
 the last clause, the value of the last expression in the clause's body
 becomes the return value of the @code{cond*} construct.
 
-@subheading Non-exit clause
+@subheading Non-exit clauses
 
-If a clause has only one element, or if its first element is @code{t},
-or if it ends with the keyword @code{:non-exit}, then this clause never
-exits the @code{cond*} construct.  Instead, control falls through to the
-next clause (if any).  The bindings made in @var{condition} for the
-@var{body} of the non-exit clause are passed along to the rest of the
-clauses in this @code{cond*} construct.
+If a clause has only one element, or if its first element is @code{t}, a
+@code{bind*} form or a @code{bind-and*} form, or if it ends with the
+keyword @code{:non-exit}, then this clause never exits the @code{cond*}
+construct.  Instead, control falls through to the next clause (if any).
+Except for @code{bind-and*}, the bindings made in @var{condition} for
+the @var{body} of the non-exit clause are passed along to the rest of
+the clauses in this @code{cond*} construct.
 
 Note: @code{pcase*} does not support @code{:non-exit}, and when used in
 a non-exit clause, it follows the semantics of @code{pcase-let}, see
@@ -2344,7 +2347,9 @@ the other usual filtering mechanisms say it should.  @xref{Error Debugging}.
 The macro @code{condition-case-unless-debug} provides another way to
 handle debugging of such forms.  It behaves exactly like
 @code{condition-case}, unless the variable @code{debug-on-error} is
-non-@code{nil}, in which case it does not handle any errors at all.
+non-@code{nil}, in which case it causes Emacs to enter the debugger
+before executing any applicable handler.  (The applicable handler, if
+any, will still run when the debugger exits.)
 @end defmac
 
   Once Emacs decides that a certain handler handles the error, it
diff --git a/doc/lispref/customize.texi b/doc/lispref/customize.texi
index 2d124bd7e8d..364edf63031 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/customize.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/customize.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1997--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 1997--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Customization
 @chapter Customization Settings
diff --git a/doc/lispref/debugging.texi b/doc/lispref/debugging.texi
index 9b36f9ecdb2..8d498608da4 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/debugging.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/debugging.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1994, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1994, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Debugging
diff --git a/doc/lispref/display.texi b/doc/lispref/display.texi
index eb3f7fd5feb..464c0badc36 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/display.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/display.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*- mode: texinfo; coding: utf-8 -*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Display
 @chapter Emacs Display
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ A convenient way to do this is to use a @dfn{progress reporter}.
   (progress-reporter-done progress-reporter))
 @end smallexample
 
-@defun make-progress-reporter message &optional min-value max-value current-value min-change min-time
+@defun make-progress-reporter message &optional min-value max-value current-value min-change min-time context
 This function creates and returns a progress reporter object, which
 you will use as an argument for the other functions listed below.  The
 idea is to precompute as much data as possible to make progress
@@ -513,13 +513,19 @@ If @var{min-value} and @var{max-value} are numbers, you can give the
 argument @var{current-value} a numerical value specifying the initial
 progress; if omitted, this defaults to @var{min-value}.
 
-The remaining arguments control the rate of echo area updates.  The
-progress reporter will wait for at least @var{min-change} more
-percents of the operation to be completed before printing next
-message; the default is one percent.  @var{min-time} specifies the
-minimum time in seconds to pass between successive prints; the default
-is 0.2 seconds.  (On some operating systems, the progress reporter may
-handle fractions of seconds with varying precision).
+The arguments @var{min-change} and @var{min-time} control the rate of
+echo area updates.  The progress reporter will wait for at least
+@var{min-change} more percents of the operation to be completed before
+printing next message; the default is one percent.  @var{min-time}
+specifies the minimum time in seconds to pass between successive prints;
+the default is 0.2 seconds.  (On some operating systems, the progress
+reporter may handle fractions of seconds with varying precision).
+
+If @var{context} is the symbol @code{async}, it announces that the updates
+will occur asynchronously.  Backends can use that info to prevent the
+progress updates from interfering with other data.  For example, the
+backend that displays the progress in the echo area will not display
+those async updates when the echo area is in use.
 
 This function calls @code{progress-reporter-update}, so the first
 message is printed immediately.
@@ -2237,6 +2243,9 @@ means hide the excess parts of @var{string} with a @code{display} text
 property (@pxref{Display Property}) showing the ellipsis, instead of
 actually truncating the string.
 
+See also the function @code{truncate-string-pixelwise} for pixel-level
+resolution.
+
 @example
 @group
 (truncate-string-to-width "\tab\t" 12 4)
@@ -2434,6 +2443,37 @@ non-@code{nil}, use any face remappings (@pxref{Face Remapping}) from
 that buffer when computing the width of @var{string}.
 @end defun
 
+@defun truncate-string-pixelwise string max-pixels &optional buffer ellipsis ellipsis-pixels
+This is a convenience function that uses @code{window-text-pixel-size}
+to truncate @var{string} to @var{max-pixels} pixels.  Caveat: if you
+call this function to measure the width of a string with embedded
+newlines, it will then return the width of the widest substring that
+does not include newlines.  The meaning of this result is the widest
+line taken by the string if inserted into a buffer.  If @var{buffer} is
+non-@code{nil}, use any face remappings (@pxref{Face Remapping}) from
+that buffer when computing the width of @var{string}.
+
+If @var{ellipsis} is non-@code{nil}, it should be a string which will
+replace the end of @var{string} when it is truncated.  In this case,
+more characters will be removed from @var{string} to free enough space
+for @var{ellipsis} to fit within @var{max-pixels} pixels.  However, if
+the pixel width of @var{string} is less than the pixel width of
+@var{ellipsis}, @var{ellipsis} will not be appended to the result.  If
+@var{ellipsis} is non-@code{nil} and not a string, it stands for the
+value returned by the function @code{truncate-string-ellipsis},
+described above.
+
+If @var{ellipsis-pixels} is non-@code{nil} and @var{ellipsis} is
+non-@code{nil}, it should be the number of pixels of @var{ellipsis} that
+you should precompute using @code{string-pixel-width}, specifying the
+same buffer.  This is useful to avoid the cost of recomputing this value
+repeatedly when you have many strings to truncate using the same
+ellipsis string.
+
+See also the function @code{truncate-string-to-width} for
+character-level resolution.
+@end defun
+
 @defun line-pixel-height
 This function returns the height in pixels of the line at point in the
 selected window.  The value includes the line spacing of the line
@@ -2576,10 +2616,13 @@ the spacing relative to the frame's default line height.
 
 @vindex line-spacing
   You can specify the line spacing for all lines in a buffer via the
-buffer-local @code{line-spacing} variable.  An integer specifies
-the number of pixels put below lines.  A floating-point number
-specifies the spacing relative to the default frame line height.  This
-overrides line spacings specified for the frame.
+buffer-local @code{line-spacing} variable.  An integer specifies the
+number of pixels put below lines.  A floating-point number specifies the
+spacing relative to the default frame line height.  A cons cell of
+integers or floating-point numbers specifies the spacing put above and
+below the line, allowing for vertically centering text.  This overrides
+line spacings specified for the frame.
+
 
 @kindex line-spacing @r{(text property)}
   Finally, a newline can have a @code{line-spacing} text or overlay
@@ -4208,7 +4251,8 @@ The font name (a string), in either XLFD, Fontconfig, or GTK+ format.
 @itemx :width
 These have the same meanings as the face attributes of the same name.
 @xref{Face Attributes}.  @code{:family} and @code{:foundry} are
-strings, while the other three are symbols.  As example values,
+strings or symbols, while the other three are either symbols or numbers,
+the numerical values of the valid style symbols.  As example values,
 @code{:slant} may be @code{italic}, @code{:weight} may be @code{bold}
 and @code{:width} may be @code{normal}.
 
@@ -4904,7 +4948,7 @@ either a string or a vector of integers, where each element (an
 integer) corresponds to one row of the bitmap.  Each bit of an integer
 corresponds to one pixel of the bitmap, where the low bit corresponds
 to the rightmost pixel of the bitmap.  (Note that this order of bits
-is opposite of the order in XBM images; @pxref{XBM Images}.)
+is the opposite of the order in XBM images; @pxref{XBM Images}.)
 
 The height is normally the length of @var{bits}.  However, you
 can specify a different height with non-@code{nil} @var{height}.  The width
@@ -6360,8 +6404,8 @@ used for each pixel in the XBM that is 0.  The default is the frame's
 background color.
 @end table
 
-  If you specify an XBM image using data within Emacs instead of an
-external file, use the following three properties:
+  To specify an XBM image using data within Emacs instead of an
+external file, use the following properties:
 
 @table @code
 @item :data @var{data}
@@ -6992,6 +7036,7 @@ Supports the @code{:index} property.  @xref{Multi-Frame Images}.
 
 @item WebP
 Image type @code{webp}.
+Supports the @code{:index} property.  @xref{Multi-Frame Images}.
 @end table
 
 @node Defining Images
@@ -7313,8 +7358,8 @@ about these image-specific key bindings.
 @cindex image frames
 Some image files can contain more than one image.  We say that there
 are multiple ``frames'' in the image.  At present, Emacs supports
-multiple frames for GIF, TIFF, and certain ImageMagick formats such as
-DJVM@.
+multiple frames for GIF, TIFF, WebP, and certain ImageMagick formats
+such as DJVM@.
 
 The frames can be used either to represent multiple pages (this is
 usually the case with multi-frame TIFF files, for example), or to
@@ -7404,7 +7449,7 @@ period much shorter than @code{image-cache-eviction-delay} (see
 below), you can opt to flush unused images yourself, instead of
 waiting for Emacs to do it automatically.
 
-@defun clear-image-cache &optional filter
+@defun clear-image-cache &optional filter animation-filter
 This function clears an image cache, removing all the images stored in
 it.  If @var{filter} is omitted or @code{nil}, it clears the cache for
 the selected frame.  If @var{filter} is a frame, it clears the cache
@@ -7412,6 +7457,16 @@ for that frame.  If @var{filter} is @code{t}, all image caches are
 cleared.  Otherwise, @var{filter} is taken to be a file name, and all
 images associated with that file name are removed from all image
 caches.
+
+This function also clears the image animation cache, which is a separate
+cache that Emacs maintains for animated multi-frame images
+(@pxref{Multi-Frame Images}).  If @var{animation-filter} is omitted or
+@code{nil}, it clears the animation cache in addition to the image
+caches selected by @var{filter}.  Otherwise, this function removes the
+image with specification @code{eq} to @var{animation-filter} only from
+the animation cache, and does not clear any image caches.  This can help
+reduce memory usage after an animation is stopped but the image is still
+displayed.
 @end defun
 
 If an image in the image cache has not been displayed for a specified
diff --git a/doc/lispref/edebug.texi b/doc/lispref/edebug.texi
index 2f5e4d27c46..29d511e8ecc 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/edebug.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/edebug.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @comment -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1992--1994, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1992--1994, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 
diff --git a/doc/lispref/elisp.texi b/doc/lispref/elisp.texi
index 724437b3eb7..aeda08f95f3 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/elisp.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/elisp.texi
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ This is the @cite{GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}
 @end ifclear
 corresponding to Emacs version @value{EMACSVER}.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 1990--1996, 1998--2025 Free Software Foundation,
+Copyright @copyright{} 1990--1996, 1998--2026 Free Software Foundation,
 Inc.
 
 @quotation
diff --git a/doc/lispref/errors.texi b/doc/lispref/errors.texi
index f8a6ab82b84..77ac3a995cb 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/errors.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/errors.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1993, 1999, 2001--2025 Free Software Foundation,
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1993, 1999, 2001--2026 Free Software Foundation,
 @c Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Standard Errors
diff --git a/doc/lispref/eval.texi b/doc/lispref/eval.texi
index ddf67a09671..74fdd16e2f9 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/eval.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/eval.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1994, 1998, 2001--2025 Free Software Foundation,
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1994, 1998, 2001--2026 Free Software Foundation,
 @c Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Evaluation
diff --git a/doc/lispref/files.texi b/doc/lispref/files.texi
index 84d6299b018..049e8ac3e84 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/files.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/files.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Files
diff --git a/doc/lispref/frames.texi b/doc/lispref/frames.texi
index 77b606282da..bdd79528cac 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/frames.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/frames.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Frames
@@ -109,6 +109,25 @@ must be a root frame, which means it cannot be a child frame itself
 descending from it.
 @end defun
 
+@cindex frame identifier
+@defun frame-id &optional frame
+This function returns the unique identifier of a frame, an integer,
+assigned to @var{frame}.  If @var{frame} is @code{nil} or unspecified,
+it defaults to the selected frame (@pxref{Input Focus}).  This can be
+used to unambiguously identify a frame in a context where you do not or
+cannot use a frame object.
+
+A frame undeleted using @command{undelete-frame} will retain its
+identifier.  A frame cloned using @command{clone-frame} will not retain
+its original identifier.  @xref{Frame Commands,,,emacs, the Emacs
+Manual}.
+
+Frame identifiers are not persisted using the desktop library
+(@pxref{Desktop Save Mode}), @command{frameset-to-register}, or
+@code{frameset-save}, and each of their restored frames will bear a new
+unique id.
+@end defun
+
 @menu
 * Creating Frames::             Creating additional frames.
 * Multiple Terminals::          Displaying on several different devices.
@@ -198,6 +217,11 @@ A normal hook run by @code{make-frame} before it creates the frame.
 An abnormal hook run by @code{make-frame} after it created the frame.
 Each function in @code{after-make-frame-functions} receives one
 argument, the frame just created.
+
+You can consult the frame parameters @code{cloned-from} and
+@code{undeleted} in your function to determine if a frame was cloned
+using @command{clone-frame}, or if it was undeleted using
+@command{undelete-frame}.  @xref{Frame Parameters}.
 @end defvar
 
 Note that any functions added to these hooks by your initial file are
@@ -2206,8 +2230,18 @@ left position ratio is preserved if the @sc{cdr} of the cell is either
 @code{t} or @code{left-only}.  The top position ratio is preserved if
 the @sc{cdr} of the cell is either @code{t} or @code{top-only}.  This
 parameter has not been yet implemented on text terminals.
-@end table
 
+@vindex cloned-from@r{, a frame parameter}
+@item cloned-from
+The original frame if this frame was made via @code{clone-frame}
+(@pxref{Creating Frames,,,emacs, the Emacs Manual}).
+
+@vindex undeleted@r{, a frame parameter}
+@item undeleted
+This is non-@code{nil} if this frame was undeleted using the command
+@command{undelete-frame} (@pxref{Frame Commands,,,emacs, the Emacs
+Manual}).
+@end table
 
 @node Mouse Dragging Parameters
 @subsubsection Mouse Dragging Parameters
@@ -3154,6 +3188,29 @@ could switch to a different terminal without switching back when
 you're done.
 @end deffn
 
+@deffn Command select-frame-by-id id &optional noerror
+This function searches open and undeletable frames for a matching frame
+identifier @var{id} (@pxref{Frames}).  If found, its frame is undeleted,
+if necessary, then raised, given focus, and made the selected frame.  On
+a text terminal, raising a frame causes it to occupy the entire terminal
+display.
+
+This function returns the selected frame or signals an error if @var{id}
+is not found, unless @var{noerror} is non-@code{nil}, in which case it
+returns @code{nil}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command undelete-frame-by-id id &optional noerror
+This function searches undeletable frames for a matching frame
+identifier @var{id} (@pxref{Frames}).  If found, its frame is undeleted,
+raised, given focus, and made the selected frame.  On a text terminal,
+raising a frame causes it to occupy the entire terminal display.
+
+This function returns the undeleted frame or signals an error if
+@var{id} is not found, unless @var{noerror} is non-@code{nil}, in which
+case it returns @code{nil}.
+@end deffn
+
 @cindex text-terminal focus notification
 Emacs cooperates with the window system by arranging to select frames
 as the server and window manager request.  When a window system
diff --git a/doc/lispref/functions.texi b/doc/lispref/functions.texi
index 2721c2ce4a0..5444cea7fa9 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/functions.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/functions.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*- mode: texinfo -*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Functions
@@ -674,6 +674,7 @@ variable; these two uses of a symbol are independent and do not
 conflict.  (This is not the case in some dialects of Lisp, like
 Scheme.)
 
+@cindex internal functions, naming conventions
   By convention, if a function's symbol consists of two names
 separated by @samp{--}, the function is intended for internal use and
 the first part names the file defining the function.  For example, a
diff --git a/doc/lispref/hash.texi b/doc/lispref/hash.texi
index 56862a9d934..2f66a4f9abc 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/hash.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/hash.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1999, 2001--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 1999, 2001--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Hash Tables
 @chapter Hash Tables
diff --git a/doc/lispref/help.texi b/doc/lispref/help.texi
index f39ab3e4d05..3261cf838f7 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/help.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/help.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*- mode: texinfo; coding: utf-8 -*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Documentation
diff --git a/doc/lispref/hooks.texi b/doc/lispref/hooks.texi
index 32d69ca77a4..28f3d2ce996 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/hooks.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/hooks.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1993, 1998, 2001--2025 Free Software Foundation,
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1993, 1998, 2001--2026 Free Software Foundation,
 @c Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Standard Hooks
diff --git a/doc/lispref/internals.texi b/doc/lispref/internals.texi
index 986b8048ecf..26292d75369 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/internals.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/internals.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1993, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1993, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node GNU Emacs Internals
@@ -286,13 +286,9 @@ program does not use so much space as to force a second garbage
 collection).
 @end quotation
 
-@deffn Command garbage-collect
-This command runs a garbage collection, and returns information on
-the amount of space in use.  (Garbage collection can also occur
-spontaneously if you use more than @code{gc-cons-threshold} bytes of
-Lisp data since the previous garbage collection.)
-
-@code{garbage-collect} returns a list with information on amount of space in
+@defun garbage-collect-heapsize
+This function returns information on the current memory usage.
+The return value is a list with information on amount of space in
 use, where each entry has the form @samp{(@var{name} @var{size} @var{used})}
 or @samp{(@var{name} @var{size} @var{used} @var{free})}.  In the entry,
 @var{name} is a symbol describing the kind of objects this entry represents,
@@ -422,6 +418,16 @@ Total heap size, in @var{unit-size} units.
 @item free-size
 Heap space which is not currently used, in @var{unit-size} units.
 @end table
+@end defun
+
+@deffn Command garbage-collect
+This command runs a garbage collection, and returns information on
+the amount of space in use.  (Garbage collection can also occur
+spontaneously if you use more than @code{gc-cons-threshold} bytes of
+Lisp data since the previous garbage collection.)
+
+@code{garbage-collect} returns the same list as shown above for
+@code{garbage-collect-heapsize}.
 @end deffn
 
 @defopt garbage-collection-messages
@@ -1660,6 +1666,7 @@ point to an array of at least @var{count} elements specifying the
 little-endian magnitude of the return value.
 @end deftypefn
 
+@cindex GMP, the GNU Multiprecision Library
 The following example uses the GNU Multiprecision Library (GMP) to
 calculate the next probable prime after a given integer.
 @xref{Top,,,gmp}, for a general overview of GMP, and @pxref{Integer
@@ -1752,7 +1759,11 @@ next_prime (emacs_env *env, ptrdiff_t nargs, emacs_value *args,
   mpz_t p;
   mpz_init (p);
   extract_big_integer (env, args[0], p);
+
+  /* Assume Emacs is linked to the full GMP library,
+     not to its mini-gmp subset that lacks mpz_nextprime.  */
   mpz_nextprime (p, p);
+
   emacs_value result = make_big_integer (env, p);
   mpz_clear (p);
   return result;
@@ -2844,11 +2855,23 @@ Avoid arbitrary limits.  For example, avoid @code{int len = strlen
 fit in @code{int} range.
 
 @item
+@cindex overflow in integers
+@cindex integer overflow
 Do not assume that signed integer arithmetic wraps around on overflow.
 This is no longer true of Emacs porting targets: signed integer
 overflow has undefined behavior in practice, and can dump core or
 even cause earlier or later code to behave illogically.  Unsigned
-overflow does wrap around reliably, modulo a power of two.
+overflow does wrap around reliably, modulo a power of two,
+if all operand types are unsigned and are @code{unsigned int} or wider.
+
+@item
+Use the macros of @code{<stdckdint.h>} to check for integer overflow
+or to implement wraparound arithmetic reliably with integer types
+that are signed or are narrower than @code{unsigned int}.
+Although @code{<stdckdint.h>} was not standardized until C23,
+on non-C23 platforms Emacs internally provides a fallback substitute.
+Avoid complex arguments to its macros @code{ckd_add}, @code{ckd_sub} and
+@code{ckd_mul}, as the fallback macros might evaluate arguments more than once.
 
 @item
 Prefer signed types to unsigned, as code gets confusing when signed
@@ -2907,11 +2930,18 @@ although @code{off_t} is always signed, @code{time_t} need not be.
 
 @item
 Prefer @code{intmax_t} for representing values that might be any
-signed integer value.
+signed integer value in machine range.
 A @code{printf}-family function can print such a value
 via a format like @code{"%"PRIdMAX}.
 
 @item
+Prefer Emacs integers, which are either fixnums or bignums,
+for representing values that might be outside machine range.
+Although low level code uses GMP directly for efficiency,
+Emacs integers are typically more convenient at higher levels of
+abstraction.
+
+@item
 Prefer @code{bool}, @code{false} and @code{true} for booleans.
 Using @code{bool} can make programs easier to read and a bit faster than
 using @code{int}.  Although it is also OK to use @code{int}, @code{0}
diff --git a/doc/lispref/intro.texi b/doc/lispref/intro.texi
index a4695c9cb5d..cc0cbfaf980 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/intro.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/intro.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1994, 2001--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1994, 2001--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 
 @node Introduction
diff --git a/doc/lispref/keymaps.texi b/doc/lispref/keymaps.texi
index 3e6b82fab00..8ef6b77c178 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/keymaps.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/keymaps.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*- mode: texinfo -*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1994, 1998--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1994, 1998--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Keymaps
 @chapter Keymaps
diff --git a/doc/lispref/lay-flat.texi b/doc/lispref/lay-flat.texi
index 3c050249549..829332f00f8 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/lay-flat.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/lay-flat.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 \input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2001--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2001--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @c
 @comment %**start of header
diff --git a/doc/lispref/lists.texi b/doc/lispref/lists.texi
index 37ef8d46525..90d0bfc4d12 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/lists.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/lists.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Lists
diff --git a/doc/lispref/loading.texi b/doc/lispref/loading.texi
index acbe98ed84c..77880dd611d 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/loading.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/loading.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Loading
diff --git a/doc/lispref/macros.texi b/doc/lispref/macros.texi
index fde475bbc8b..5af1608eb62 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/macros.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/macros.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998, 2001--2025 Free Software Foundation,
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998, 2001--2026 Free Software Foundation,
 @c Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Macros
@@ -640,3 +640,25 @@ indentation is being computed by @kbd{C-M-q}; if the value is a
 number, @kbd{C-M-q} need not recalculate indentation for the following
 lines until the end of the list.
 @end table
+
+@defvar lisp-indent-local-overrides
+This variable can be used to override the indentation specification used
+for certain symbol, as specified using their @code{lisp-indent-function}
+symbol property (@pxref{Symbol Properties}).  It is intended to be used
+as a file-local or directory-local variable; @xref{File Variables, ,
+Local Variables in Files, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.
+
+Each key is a symbol and each value is an indent specification, which
+overrides the value of the symbol's @code{lisp-indent-function}
+property.  The value can take the same forms as the value of the symbol
+property, documented above.  Note that using a function is not safe and
+should be avoided, else all users, who visit the file, would have to
+explicitly approve or decline their use.
+
+This variable is used by the functions @code{lisp-indent-function}
+and @code{common-lisp-indent-function}.  In case of the latter, the
+symbol properties @code{common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp} and
+@code{common-lisp-indent-function} take precedence not only over the
+@code{lisp-indent-function} property but also over this variable.
+
+@end defvar
diff --git a/doc/lispref/maps.texi b/doc/lispref/maps.texi
index f7116d6cf68..cf933bafceb 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/maps.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/maps.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1993, 1999, 2001--2025 Free Software Foundation,
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1993, 1999, 2001--2026 Free Software Foundation,
 @c Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Standard Keymaps
diff --git a/doc/lispref/markers.texi b/doc/lispref/markers.texi
index 2fd71a2a5a8..53bca93621b 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/markers.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/markers.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Markers
diff --git a/doc/lispref/minibuf.texi b/doc/lispref/minibuf.texi
index b34f73feb5b..9d73aa89b2d 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/minibuf.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/minibuf.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Minibuffers
diff --git a/doc/lispref/modes.texi b/doc/lispref/modes.texi
index 668205d5c04..2214a30c170 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/modes.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/modes.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Modes
diff --git a/doc/lispref/nonascii.texi b/doc/lispref/nonascii.texi
index c833ed96b0b..458786f40ea 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/nonascii.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/nonascii.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*- mode: texinfo -*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Non-ASCII Characters
 @chapter Non-@acronym{ASCII} Characters
diff --git a/doc/lispref/numbers.texi b/doc/lispref/numbers.texi
index 5394dc5894f..b225a4b50d7 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/numbers.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/numbers.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Numbers
diff --git a/doc/lispref/objects.texi b/doc/lispref/objects.texi
index aa8bca84dab..158a5117d9d 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/objects.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/objects.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*- mode: texinfo; coding: utf-8 -*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Lisp Data Types
diff --git a/doc/lispref/os.texi b/doc/lispref/os.texi
index 44dd3bbb63c..f5ca6efa21b 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/os.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/os.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node System Interface
@@ -34,6 +34,7 @@ terminal and the screen.
 * Batch Mode::          Running Emacs without terminal interaction.
 * Session Management::  Saving and restoring state with X Session Management.
 * Desktop Notifications:: Desktop notifications.
+* System Taskbar::      Controlling system GUI taskbar features.
 * File Notifications::  File notifications.
 * Dynamic Libraries::   On-demand loading of support libraries.
 * Security Considerations:: Running Emacs in an unfriendly environment.
@@ -3342,7 +3343,7 @@ notification sent will belong.  This category is reproduced within the
 system's notification settings menus, but is ignored under Android 7.1
 and earlier.
 
-If @var{group} is nil or not present within @var{params}, it is
+If @var{group} is @code{nil} or not present within @var{params}, it is
 replaced by the string @samp{"Desktop Notifications"}.
 
 Callers should provide one stable combination of @var{urgency} and
@@ -3371,6 +3372,127 @@ Android 13 and later, any notifications sent will be silently
 disregarded.
 @end defun
 
+@node System Taskbar
+@section Controlling System GUI Taskbar Features
+@cindex system taskbar
+@cindex mode, system taskbar
+
+  @xref{System Taskbar,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for an overview
+and configuration.
+
+@defun system-taskbar-badge &optional count
+This function displays @var{count} as an overlay on the system taskbar
+Emacs icon.
+
+If @var{count} is an integer, display that.
+
+If @var{count} is a string on back ends that support strings, display
+that.  The string should be short.
+
+On back ends which do not support strings, convert @var{count} to an
+integer, or @code{nil} if that fails.
+
+If @var{count} is @code{nil} or an empty string, remove the counter or
+short string.
+
+Display the system taskbar icon badge set to @var{count}.  If
+@var{count} is @code{nil}, clear the badge.  @var{count} is typically an
+integer.
+
+If @var{count} is a string, it is converted to an integer on systems
+that do not support string badges, such as GNU/Linux D-Bus, and the
+badge will be cleared if the string is an invalid integer
+representation.  On systems that support strings, such as macOS/GNUstep
+and MS-Windows, the badge is set to the string and displayed, and may be
+truncated to fit the visual space allocated by the system.  In any case,
+if the string is empty, clear the badge.
+@end defun
+
+@defun system-taskbar-attention &optional urgency timeout
+This function flashes or bounces system taskbar Emacs icon and/or its
+frame to alert the user.
+
+@var{urgency} can be one of the symbols @code{informational}, or
+@code{critical}.
+
+If @var{urgency} is @code{nil}, clear the attention indicator.
+
+The attention indicator is cleared by the earliest of bringing the Emacs
+GUI into focus, or after @var{timeout} seconds.  If @var{timeout} is
+@code{nil}, the system GUI behavior has priority.
+
+On some back ends, @code{critical} has the same effect as
+@code{informational}.
+
+On some back ends, attention will be displayed
+only if Emacs is not the currently focused application.
+@end defun
+
+@defun system-taskbar-progress &optional progress
+  This function displays a progress indicator overlay on the system
+taskbar Emacs icon.
+
+@var{progress} is a float in the range 0.0 to 1.0.  If @var{progress} is
+@code{nil}, remove the progress indicator.
+
+It is convenient to use the built-in progress reporter functions which,
+when @code{system-taskbar-mode} is enabled, integrate with
+@code{system-taskbar-progress} by default.  @xref{Progress}.
+@end defun
+
+@noindent
+Examples of system taskbar functions:
+
+@lisp
+@group
+;; Enable and initialize system-taskbar-mode before calling its
+;; package functions.
+(system-taskbar-mode)
+
+;; Display a badge integer on the taskbar icon.
+(system-taskbar-badge emacs-major-version)
+
+;; A string representation of an integer is converted to an
+;; integer on GNU/Linux.
+(system-taskbar-badge "31")
+
+;; Short strings are displayed on macOS/GNUstep and MS-Windows.
+(system-taskbar-badge "Test")
+
+;; Clear the badge.
+(system-taskbar-badge)
+@end group
+
+@group
+;; Get the user's attention and clear the request after 3 seconds.
+(system-taskbar-attention 'informational 3)
+
+;; Get the user's attention and clear when Emacs is focused.
+(system-taskbar-attention 'critical)
+
+;; Clear the attention request.
+(system-taskbar-attention)
+@end group
+
+@group
+;; Make sure system taskbar is integrated with progress-reporter.
+(setopt system-taskbar-use-progress-reporter t) ; t is the default
+(system-taskbar-mode)
+
+;; Report `dotimes` progress on the taskbar icon.
+(dotimes-with-progress-reporter
+    (i 10)
+    "Counting from 1 to 10..."
+  (sleep-for 1))
+
+;; Report `dolist` progress on the taskbar icon.
+(dolist-with-progress-reporter
+    (i (make-list 10 t))
+    "Progress from 1 to 10 elements..."
+  (sleep-for 1))
+@end group
+@end lisp
+
 @node File Notifications
 @section Notifications on File Changes
 @cindex file notifications
diff --git a/doc/lispref/package.texi b/doc/lispref/package.texi
index 41fc6c77dd6..8f3f5fe79b0 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/package.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/package.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2010--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2010--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Packaging
 @chapter Preparing Lisp code for distribution
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ the various headers, as illustrated by the following example:
 @group
 ;;; superfrobnicator.el --- Frobnicate and bifurcate flanges  -*- lexical-binding:t -*-
 
-;; Copyright (C) 2022, 2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2022, 2025--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @end group
 
 ;; Author: J. R. Hacker <jrh@@example.com>
diff --git a/doc/lispref/parsing.texi b/doc/lispref/parsing.texi
index 08f5c310a24..fde8d403f54 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/parsing.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/parsing.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*- mode: texinfo -*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2021--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2021--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Parsing Program Source
 @chapter Parsing Program Source
@@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@ loops, it is important to compile that query, because a compiled query
 is much faster than an uncompiled one.  A compiled query can be used
 anywhere a query is accepted.
 
-@defun treesit-query-compile language query
+@defun treesit-query-compile language query &optional eager
 This function compiles @var{query} for @var{language} into a compiled
 query object and returns it.
 
@@ -1607,17 +1607,33 @@ This function raises the @code{treesit-query-error} error if
 @var{query} is malformed.  The signal data contains a description of
 the specific error.  You can use @code{treesit-query-validate} to
 validate and debug the query.
+
+By default, Emacs lazily compiles @var{query}, meaning @var{query} isn't
+actually compiled until it's used.  To compile @var{query} immediately,
+pass non-@code{nil} for @var{eager}.
+
+@findex treesit-query-eagerly-compiled-p
+To tell an actually compiled query apart from one that hasn't been
+compiled, use @code{treesit-query-eagerly-compiled-p}.
+
+If @var{query} is malformed or language can't be loaded, this function
+signals @code{treesit-query-error}.  Obviously this will only happen
+when @var{eager} is non-@code{nil}, since otherwise Emacs doesn't
+actually compile @var{query}.
 @end defun
 
 @findex treesit-query-language
+@findex treesit-query-source
 @findex treesit-query-expand
 @findex treesit-pattern-expand
 @findex treesit-query-valid-p
 There are some additional functions for queries:
 @code{treesit-query-language} returns the language of a query;
-@code{treesit-query-valid-p} checks whether a query is valid;
-@code{treesit-query-expand} converts a s-expression query into the
-string format; and @code{treesit-pattern-expand} converts a pattern.
+@code{treesit-query-source} returns the original string or sexp source
+query of a compiled query; @code{treesit-query-valid-p} checks whether a
+query is valid; @code{treesit-query-expand} converts a s-expression
+query into the string format; and @code{treesit-pattern-expand} converts
+a pattern.
 
 @findex treesit-query-first-valid
 Tree-sitter grammars change overtime.  To support multiple possible
diff --git a/doc/lispref/peg.texi b/doc/lispref/peg.texi
index d93b1f6df29..0c851f15ade 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/peg.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/peg.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Parsing Expression Grammars
diff --git a/doc/lispref/positions.texi b/doc/lispref/positions.texi
index e25cfacd19f..9fcffee2ee0 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/positions.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/positions.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*- mode: texinfo; coding: utf-8 -*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Positions
 @chapter Positions
@@ -57,14 +57,18 @@ buffer size plus 1.  If narrowing is in effect (@pxref{Narrowing}), then
 point is constrained to fall within the accessible portion of the buffer
 (possibly at one end of it).
 
+@cindex buffer point
   Each buffer has its own value of point, which is independent of the
 value of point in other buffers.  Each window also has a value of point,
-which is independent of the value of point in other windows on the same
-buffer.  This is why point can have different values in various windows
-that display the same buffer.  When a buffer appears in only one window,
-the buffer's point and the window's point normally have the same value,
-so the distinction is rarely important.  @xref{Window Point}, for more
-details.
+which is independent of the value of point in other windows showing the
+same buffer.  This is why the cursor may appear at different positions
+in various windows that display the same buffer.  Wherever necessary, we
+use the terms @dfn{buffer point} for the unique position of point of a
+specific buffer and the term @dfn{window point} for the position of
+point in a specific window showing that buffer.  When a buffer appears
+in only one window, its buffer's point and that window's point normally
+have the same value, so the distinction is rarely important.
+@xref{Window Point}, for more details.
 
 @defun point
 @cindex current buffer position
diff --git a/doc/lispref/processes.texi b/doc/lispref/processes.texi
index 12e43cda5a6..555f795dcfd 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/processes.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/processes.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Processes
@@ -1842,11 +1842,11 @@ text arrives, you could insert a line like the following just before the
   To force point to the end of the new output, no matter where it was
 previously, eliminate the variable @code{moving} from the example and
 call @code{goto-char} unconditionally.  Note that this doesn't
-necessarily move the window point.  The default filter actually uses
-@code{insert-before-markers} which moves all markers, including the
-window point.  This may move unrelated markers, so it's generally
-better to move the window point explicitly, or set its insertion type
-to @code{t} (@pxref{Window Point}).
+necessarily move window point.  The default filter actually uses
+@code{insert-before-markers} which moves all markers, including window
+point.  This may move unrelated markers, so it's generally better to
+move window point explicitly, or set its insertion type to @code{t}
+(@pxref{Window Point}).
 
 @ignore
   In earlier Emacs versions, every filter function that did regular
diff --git a/doc/lispref/records.texi b/doc/lispref/records.texi
index 427adb8748f..f0c856f9871 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/records.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/records.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2017--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2017--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Records
 @chapter Records
diff --git a/doc/lispref/searching.texi b/doc/lispref/searching.texi
index a1354d30c07..fce9229fb30 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/searching.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/searching.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Searching and Matching
diff --git a/doc/lispref/sequences.texi b/doc/lispref/sequences.texi
index 2b1db79e07b..afee255346c 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/sequences.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/sequences.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Sequences Arrays Vectors
@@ -1110,9 +1110,9 @@ instead of the default @code{equal}.
 @cindex sequences, intersection of
 @cindex intersection of sequences
   This function returns a copy of @var{sequence1} from which the
-elements that appear in @var{sequence2} where removed.  If the optional
-argument @var{function} is non-@code{nil}, it is a function of two
-arguments to use to compare elements instead of the default
+elements that do not appear in @var{sequence2} were removed.  If the
+optional argument @var{function} is non-@code{nil}, it is a function of
+two arguments to use to compare elements instead of the default
 @code{equal}.
 
 @example
@@ -1125,10 +1125,11 @@ arguments to use to compare elements instead of the default
 
 
 @defun seq-difference sequence1 sequence2 &optional function
-  This function returns a list of the elements that appear in
-@var{sequence1} but not in @var{sequence2}.  If the optional argument
-@var{function} is non-@code{nil}, it is a function of two arguments to
-use to compare elements instead of the default @code{equal}.
+  This function returns a copy of @var{sequence1} from which the
+elements that appear in @var{sequence2} were removed.  If the optional
+argument @var{function} is non-@code{nil}, it is a function of two
+arguments to use to compare elements instead of the default
+@code{equal}.
 
 @example
 @group
diff --git a/doc/lispref/streams.texi b/doc/lispref/streams.texi
index f049a2d23b1..288fa2b0b71 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/streams.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/streams.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1994, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1994, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Read and Print
@@ -713,11 +713,11 @@ would have printed for the same argument.
 (prin1-to-string (mark-marker))
      @result{} "#<marker at 2773 in strings.texi>"
 @end group
+@end example
 
 If @var{overrides} is non-@code{nil}, it should either be @code{t}
 (which tells @code{prin1} to use the defaults for all printer related
 variables), or a list of settings.  @xref{Output Overrides}, for details.
-@end example
 
 If @var{noescape} is non-@code{nil}, that inhibits use of quoting
 characters in the output.  (This argument is supported in Emacs versions
diff --git a/doc/lispref/strings.texi b/doc/lispref/strings.texi
index fa629622a71..d073d3ffe2f 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/strings.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/strings.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*- mode: texinfo; coding: utf-8 -*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Strings and Characters
@@ -281,6 +281,17 @@ another string, alter a constant string in the program, or even raise
 an error.  To obtain a string that you can safely mutate, use
 @code{copy-sequence} on the result.
 
+If you need to create a string made from @var{n} copies of a given
+source string @var{source}, you can use @code{concat} as follows:
+
+@lisp
+  (apply #'concat (make-list @var{n} @var{source}))
+@end lisp
+
+@noindent
+This uses the fact that @code{concat} can take any kind of sequence as
+its arguments.
+
 For information about other concatenation functions, see the
 description of @code{mapconcat} in @ref{Mapping Functions},
 @code{vconcat} in @ref{Vector Functions}, and @code{append} in @ref{Building
@@ -289,7 +300,7 @@ string to be used as a shell command, see @ref{Shell Arguments,
 combine-and-quote-strings}.
 @end defun
 
-@defun split-string string &optional separators omit-nulls trim
+@defun split-string string &optional separators omit-empty trim
 This function splits @var{string} into substrings based on the regular
 expression @var{separators} (@pxref{Regular Expressions}).  Each match
 for @var{separators} defines a splitting point; the substrings between
@@ -297,85 +308,37 @@ splitting points are made into a list, which is returned.
 
 If @var{separators} is @code{nil} (or omitted), the default is the
 value of @code{split-string-default-separators} and the function
-behaves as if @var{omit-nulls} were @code{t}.
+behaves as if @var{omit-empty} were @code{t}.
 
-If @var{omit-nulls} is @code{nil} (or omitted), the result contains
-null strings whenever there are two consecutive matches for
+If @var{omit-empty} is @code{nil} (or omitted), the result contains
+empty strings whenever there are two consecutive matches for
 @var{separators}, or a match is adjacent to the beginning or end of
-@var{string}.  If @var{omit-nulls} is @code{t}, these null strings are
+@var{string}.  If @var{omit-empty} is @code{t}, these empty strings are
 omitted from the result.
 
 If the optional argument @var{trim} is non-@code{nil}, it should be a
 regular expression to match text to trim from the beginning and end of
-each substring.  If trimming makes the substring empty, it is treated
-as null.
+each substring.  Trimming may make the substring empty and omitted from
+the result if @var{omit-empty} is @code{t} as above.
 
 If you need to split a string into a list of individual command-line
 arguments suitable for @code{call-process} or @code{start-process},
 see @ref{Shell Arguments, split-string-and-unquote}.
 
-Examples:
-
-@example
-(split-string "  two words ")
-     @result{} ("two" "words")
-@end example
-
-The result is not @code{("" "two" "words" "")}, which would rarely be
-useful.  If you need such a result, use an explicit value for
-@var{separators}:
-
-@example
-(split-string "  two words "
-              split-string-default-separators)
-     @result{} ("" "two" "words" "")
-@end example
-
-@example
-(split-string "Soup is good food" "o")
-     @result{} ("S" "up is g" "" "d f" "" "d")
-(split-string "Soup is good food" "o" t)
-     @result{} ("S" "up is g" "d f" "d")
-(split-string "Soup is good food" "o+")
-     @result{} ("S" "up is g" "d f" "d")
-@end example
-
-Empty matches do count, except that @code{split-string} will not look
-for a final empty match when it already reached the end of the string
-using a non-empty match or when @var{string} is empty:
-
-@example
-(split-string "aooob" "o*")
-     @result{} ("" "a" "" "b" "")
-(split-string "ooaboo" "o*")
-     @result{} ("" "" "a" "b" "")
-(split-string "" "")
-     @result{} ("")
-@end example
-
-However, when @var{separators} can match the empty string,
-@var{omit-nulls} is usually @code{t}, so that the subtleties in the
-three previous examples are rarely relevant:
+Do not use a value for @var{separators} that matches the empty string,
+or the results will be unpredictable.  To split a string into individual
+characters, use @code{string-to-list} or @code{string-to-vector}.
 
-@example
-(split-string "Soup is good food" "o*" t)
-     @result{} ("S" "u" "p" " " "i" "s" " " "g" "d" " " "f" "d")
-(split-string "Nice doggy!" "" t)
-     @result{} ("N" "i" "c" "e" " " "d" "o" "g" "g" "y" "!")
-(split-string "" "" t)
-     @result{} nil
-@end example
-
-Somewhat odd, but predictable, behavior can occur for certain
-``non-greedy'' values of @var{separators} that can prefer empty
-matches over non-empty matches.  Again, such values rarely occur in
-practice:
+Examples:
 
 @example
-(split-string "ooo" "o*" t)
-     @result{} nil
-(split-string "ooo" "\\|o+" t)
-     @result{} ("o" "o" "o")
+@group
+(split-string "  one  two   ")            @result{} ("one" "two")
+(split-string "one::two:" ":")            @result{} ("one" "" "two" "")
+(split-string "one::two:" ":+")           @result{} ("one" "two" "")
+(split-string "one::two:" ":" t)          @result{} ("one" "two")
+(split-string "one: : two : " ":" t " +") @result{} ("one" "two")
+@end group
 @end example
 @end defun
 
@@ -435,9 +398,9 @@ display purposes; use @code{truncate-string-to-width} or
 (@pxref{Size of Displayed Text}).
 @end defun
 
-@defun string-lines string &optional omit-nulls keep-newlines
+@defun string-lines string &optional omit-empty keep-newlines
 Split @var{string} into a list of strings on newline boundaries.  If
-the optional argument @var{omit-nulls} is non-@code{nil}, remove empty
+the optional argument @var{omit-empty} is non-@code{nil}, remove empty
 lines from the results.  If the optional argument @var{keep-newlines}
 is non-@code{nil}, don't remove the trailing newlines from the result
 strings.
@@ -1027,10 +990,24 @@ made with quoting (that is, using @code{prin1}---@pxref{Output
 Functions}).  Thus, strings are enclosed in @samp{"} characters, and
 @samp{\} characters appear where necessary before special characters.
 
+@item %b
+@item %B
+@cindex integer to binary
+Replace the specification with the base-two or binary representation of
+an integer. The representation has leading @samp{-} if negative;
+for an unsigned two's complement representation of a possibly-negative
+integer @var{n}, format @code{(logand @var{n} @var{mask})}
+where @var{mask} corresponds to the desired word size.
+Although plain @samp{%b} and @samp{%B} are identical,
+@samp{%#b} prefixes with lower case @samp{0b} and @samp{%#B} with upper case.
+The object can also be a floating-point number that is
+formatted as an integer, dropping any fraction.
+
 @item %o
 @cindex integer to octal
 Replace the specification with the base-eight representation of an
-integer.  The object can also be a floating-point number that is formatted
+integer.  Like @samp{%b}, the representation has leading @samp{-} if negative;
+The object can also be a floating-point number that is formatted
 as an integer, dropping any fraction.
 
 @item %d
@@ -1043,8 +1020,9 @@ formatted as an integer, dropping any fraction.
 @itemx %X
 @cindex integer to hexadecimal
 Replace the specification with the base-sixteen representation of an
-integer.  @samp{%x} uses lower case and @samp{%X} uses upper
-case.  The object can also be a floating-point number that is
+integer.  Like @samp{%b}, the representation has leading @samp{-} if negative.
+@samp{%x} uses lower case and @samp{%X} uses upper case.
+The object can also be a floating-point number that is
 formatted as an integer, dropping any fraction.
 
 @item %c
@@ -1132,8 +1110,9 @@ both flags are used, @samp{+} takes precedence.
 
   The flag @samp{#} specifies an alternate form which depends on
 the format in use.  For @samp{%o}, it ensures that the result begins
-with a @samp{0}.  For @samp{%x} and @samp{%X}, it prefixes nonzero results
-with @samp{0x} or @samp{0X}.  For @samp{%e} and @samp{%f}, the
+with @samp{0}.  For @samp{%x}, @samp{%X}, @samp{%b} and @samp{%B},
+it prefixes nonzero results with @samp{0x}, @samp{0X}, @samp{0b}
+or @samp{0B}, respectively.  For @samp{%e} and @samp{%f}, the
 @samp{#} flag means include a decimal point even if the precision is
 zero.  For @samp{%g}, it always includes a decimal point, and also
 forces any trailing zeros after the decimal point to be left in place
@@ -1220,11 +1199,10 @@ family produce.
 retrieve a copy of the formatted value, use a specification that lets
 @code{read} reconstruct the value.  To format numbers in this
 reversible way you can use @samp{%s} and @samp{%S}, to format just
-integers you can also use @samp{%d}, and to format just nonnegative
-integers you can also use @samp{#x%x} and @samp{#o%o}.  Other formats
-may be problematic; for example, @samp{%d} and @samp{%g} can mishandle
-NaNs and can lose precision and type, and @samp{#x%x} and @samp{#o%o}
-can mishandle negative integers.  @xref{Input Functions}.
+integers you can also use @samp{%d}, @samp{#x%x}, @samp{#o%o} and @samp{#b%b}.
+Other formats do not guarantee preservation of all values; for example,
+@samp{%g} can lose precision and type and does not preserve NaN or
+infinity.  @xref{Input Functions}.
 
 The functions described in this section accept a fixed set of
 specification characters.  The next section describes a function
diff --git a/doc/lispref/symbols.texi b/doc/lispref/symbols.texi
index c6c3e6e189a..4fd0c83450e 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/symbols.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/symbols.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Symbols
diff --git a/doc/lispref/syntax.texi b/doc/lispref/syntax.texi
index 3ab349df8f3..c9c7424847b 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/syntax.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/syntax.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Syntax Tables
diff --git a/doc/lispref/text.texi b/doc/lispref/text.texi
index c6e3b1bdbec..a313480944b 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/text.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/text.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Text
 @chapter Text
@@ -6014,12 +6014,21 @@ must be a Lisp object that can be serialized as JSON (@pxref{Parsing
 JSON}).  The result is forwarded to the server as the JSONRPC
 @code{result} object.  A non-local return, achieved by calling the
 function @code{jsonrpc-error}, causes an error response to be sent to
-the server.  The details of the accompanying JSONRPC @code{error}
-object are filled out with whatever was passed to
-@code{jsonrpc-error}.  A non-local return triggered by an unexpected
-error of any other type also causes an error response to be sent
-(unless you have set @code{debug-on-error}, in which case this calls
-the Lisp debugger, @pxref{Error Debugging}).
+the server.  A non-local return triggered by an unexpected error of any
+other type also causes a response to be sent.  The debugger is never
+called (unless you have set @code{debug-on-error}, in which case the
+Lisp debugger may be called, @pxref{Error Debugging}).
+
+The details of the accompanying JSONRPC @code{error} object are filled
+out automatically (in the case of unexpected errors) or with whatever
+was passed to @code{jsonrpc-error} (in the case of explicit calls).
+
+Exceptionally, an explicit call to @code{jsonrpc-error} which sets
+@code{:code} to 32000 and @code{:data} to any JSON object has the
+meaning of ``no error'' and triggers a normal response to the remote
+endpoint with @code{result} being set to @code{:data}.  This is useful
+if the application wants to treat some non-local exits such as user
+quits as benign.
 
 @findex jsonrpc-convert-to-endpoint
 @findex jsonrpc-convert-from-endpoint
@@ -6582,6 +6591,19 @@ risk that the @var{signal} function gets triggered in the middle of it,
 because the @var{signal} is re-enabled only after @var{func} finishes.
 @end defun
 
+@defvar track-changes-undo-only
+If your code uses @code{track-changes} to perform further modifications
+to the buffer (for example, to mark the parts of the buffer that have
+been edited), then you may want to refrain from making those
+modifications when the changes are the result of an undo (which
+presumably also undoes the modifications you had applied back when the
+corresponding edit was made).
+To that end @code{track-changes-fetch} binds
+@code{track-changes-undo-only} to non-@code{nil} during calls to
+@var{func} if the changes were the result of undo.
+@end defvar
+
+
 @defun track-changes-unregister id
 This function tells the library that the tracker @var{id} does not need
 to know about buffer changes any more.  Most clients will never want to
diff --git a/doc/lispref/threads.texi b/doc/lispref/threads.texi
index db6d0cf4d26..11d851f85ac 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/threads.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/threads.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2012--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2012--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Threads
 @chapter Threads
diff --git a/doc/lispref/tips.texi b/doc/lispref/tips.texi
index f4f5756ea07..7f22dc06ef2 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/tips.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/tips.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*- mode: texinfo; coding: utf-8 -*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1993, 1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1993, 1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Tips
@@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ explains these conventions, starting with an example:
 @group
 ;;; foo.el --- Support for the Foo programming language  -*- lexical-binding: t; -*-
 
-;; Copyright (C) 2010-2025 Your Name
+;; Copyright (C) 2010-2026 Your Name
 @end group
 
 ;; Author: Your Name <yourname@@example.com>
diff --git a/doc/lispref/two-volume-cross-refs.txt b/doc/lispref/two-volume-cross-refs.txt
index dcd9e67ec55..7498013097b 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/two-volume-cross-refs.txt
+++ b/doc/lispref/two-volume-cross-refs.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Copyright (C) 2001-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 2001-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 See end for copying conditions.
 
 Two Volume Cross References
diff --git a/doc/lispref/two-volume.make b/doc/lispref/two-volume.make
index b3b8363904b..9d77f6b8fe6 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/two-volume.make
+++ b/doc/lispref/two-volume.make
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# Copyright (C) 2007-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2007-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # See end for copying conditions.
 
 # although it would be nice to use tex rather than pdftex to avoid
diff --git a/doc/lispref/variables.texi b/doc/lispref/variables.texi
index d250b0e711e..e89b28eb0c0 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/variables.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/variables.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Variables
 @chapter Variables
@@ -617,6 +617,8 @@ float-pi
 
 @node Tips for Defining
 @section Tips for Defining Variables Robustly
+@cindex variables, naming conventions
+@cindex naming conventions, variables
 
   When you define a variable whose value is a function, or a list of
 functions, use a name that ends in @samp{-function} or
@@ -659,6 +661,7 @@ The value is a whole shell command.
 @item @dots{}-switches
 The value specifies options for a command.
 
+@cindex internal variables, naming conventions
 @item @var{prefix}--@dots{}
 The variable is intended for internal use and is defined in the file
 @file{@var{prefix}.el}.  (Emacs code contributed before 2018 may
@@ -2653,6 +2656,19 @@ This macro returns the connection-local value of @var{symbol} for
 
 If @var{symbol} does not have a connection-local
 binding, the value is the default binding of the variable.
+
+The difference to @code{with-connection-local@{-application@}-variables}
+is, that @code{symbol} is not set buffer-local.  A typical usage pattern
+is to use only the the connection value of a variable if it exists, and
+not to use its default value otherwise (using @code{my-app-variable}
+initialized above):
+
+@lisp
+(if (connection-local-p my-app-variable 'my-app)
+    (connection-local-value my-app-variable 'my-app)
+  ;; Something else.
+  )
+@end lisp
 @end defmac
 
 @defvar enable-connection-local-variables
diff --git a/doc/lispref/windows.texi b/doc/lispref/windows.texi
index 739f61905f3..d804c34250f 100644
--- a/doc/lispref/windows.texi
+++ b/doc/lispref/windows.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 @c Foundation, Inc.
 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
 @node Windows
@@ -3549,6 +3549,72 @@ the selected window is not used; thus if the selected frame has a
 single window, it is not used.
 @end defun
 
+@defun display-buffer-in-new-tab buffer alist
+This function tries to display @var{buffer} in a new tab.
+
+If @var{alist} contains a non-@code{nil} @code{tab-name} entry (which
+may be a string or a function), the buffer is displayed in a new tab
+with that name.  If the @code{tab-name} entry is a function, it is
+called with two arguments (@var{buffer} and @var{alist}), and should
+return the tab name.
+
+If the @code{tab-name} entry is omitted or @code{nil}, a new tab is
+created without an explicit name.
+
+If @var{alist} contains a non-@code{nil} @code{tab-group} entry, this
+defines the tab group, overriding user option
+@code{tab-bar-new-tab-group}.  This entry may again be a string or a
+function which is called in the same manner as @code{tab-name}.
+@end defun
+
+@defun display-buffer-in-tab buffer alist
+This function tries to display @var{buffer} in a new or existing tab.
+
+If @var{alist} contains a non-@code{nil} @code{reusable-frames} entry
+then the frames indicated by its value are searched for an existing tab
+which already displays the buffer.  The possible values of
+@code{reusable-frames} are:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item @code{t}
+means consider all existing frames.
+@item @code{visible}
+means consider all visible frames.
+@item 0
+means consider all frames on the current terminal.
+@item A frame
+means consider that frame only.
+@item Any other non-@code{nil} value
+means consider the selected frame.
+@item @code{nil}
+means do not search any frames (equivalent to omitting the entry).  Note
+that this is different to the typical meaning of the value @code{nil}
+for a @code{reusable-frames} entry in a buffer display action alist.
+@end itemize
+
+If @var{alist} contains a non-@code{nil} @code{ignore-current-tab}
+entry, then the current tab is skipped when searching for a reusable
+tab.  Otherwise the current tab is used by preference if it already
+displays the buffer.
+
+If a window displaying the buffer is located in any reusable tab then
+that tab and window are selected.
+
+If no such window is located, the buffer is displayed in a new or
+existing tab based on the @var{alist} entry @code{tab-name} (which may
+be a string or a function).  If a tab with this name already exists then
+that tab is selected, otherwise a new tab with that name is created.  If
+the @code{tab-name} entry is a function, it is called with two arguments
+(@var{buffer} and @var{alist}), and should return the tab name.  If the
+@code{tab-name} entry is omitted or @code{nil}, a new tab is created
+without an explicit name.
+
+If a new tab is created and @var{alist} contains a non-@code{nil}
+@code{tab-group} entry, this defines the tab group, overriding user
+option @code{tab-bar-new-tab-group}.  This entry may again be a string
+or a function which is called in the same manner as @code{tab-name}.
+@end defun
+
 @defun display-buffer-no-window buffer alist
 If @var{alist} has a non-@code{nil} @code{allow-no-window} entry, then
 this function does not display @var{buffer} and returns the symbol
@@ -3661,6 +3727,10 @@ well.  @code{display-buffer-in-previous-window} consults it when
 searching for a window that previously displayed the buffer on another
 frame.
 
+Action function @code{display-buffer-in-tab} searches the tabs of the
+frame(s) identified by this entry, and also interprets the value
+@code{nil} differently.
+
 @vindex inhibit-switch-frame@r{, a buffer display action alist entry}
 @item inhibit-switch-frame
 A non-@code{nil} value prevents another frame from being raised or
@@ -3981,6 +4051,19 @@ List, @code{buffer-match-p}}.  Thus, if a Lisp program uses a particular
 @var{symbol} as the category when calling @code{display-buffer}, users
 can customize how these buffers will be displayed by including such an
 entry in @code{display-buffer-alist}.
+
+@vindex tab-name@r{, a buffer display action alist entry}
+@item tab-name
+The value names the tab in which the buffer should be displayed.  This
+entry is used by @code{display-buffer-in-new-tab} and (conditionally) by
+@code{display-buffer-in-tab}.
+
+@vindex tab-group@r{, a buffer display action alist entry}
+@vindex tab-bar-new-tab-group@r{, override for buffer display actions}
+@item tab-group
+The value names the tab group to use when creating a new tab, overriding
+user option @code{tab-bar-new-tab-group}.  This entry is used by
+@code{display-buffer-in-new-tab} and @code{display-buffer-in-tab}.
 @end table
 
 By convention, the entries @code{window-height}, @code{window-width}
@@ -4039,16 +4122,19 @@ window.  If @var{window} cannot be split, it returns @code{nil}.  If
 @var{window} is omitted or @code{nil}, it defaults to the selected
 window.
 
-This function obeys the usual rules that determine when a window may
-be split (@pxref{Splitting Windows}).  It first tries to split by
-placing the new window below, subject to the restriction imposed by
-@code{split-height-threshold} (see below), in addition to any other
-restrictions.  If that fails, it tries to split by placing the new
-window to the right, subject to @code{split-width-threshold} (see
-below).  If that also fails, and the window is the only window on its
-frame, this function again tries to split and place the new window
-below, disregarding @code{split-height-threshold}.  If this fails as
-well, this function gives up and returns @code{nil}.
+This function obeys the usual rules that determine when a window may be
+split (@pxref{Splitting Windows}).  It first tries either a vertical
+split by placing the new window below, subject to the restriction
+imposed by @code{split-height-threshold} (see below), or a horizontal
+split that places the new window to the right, subject to
+@code{split-width-threshold}, in addition to any other restrictions.
+Whether it tries first to split vertically or horizontally depends on
+the value of the user option @code{split-window-preferred-direction}.
+If splitting along the first dimension fails, it tries to split along
+the other dimension.  If that also fails, and the window is the only
+window on its frame, this function again tries to split and place the
+new window below, disregarding @code{split-height-threshold}.  If this
+fails as well, this function gives up and returns @code{nil}.
 @end defun
 
 @defopt split-height-threshold
@@ -4067,6 +4153,18 @@ window has at least that many columns.  If the value is @code{nil},
 that means not to split this way.
 @end defopt
 
+@defopt split-window-preferred-direction
+This variable determines the first dimension along which
+@code{split-window-sensibly} tries to split the window, if the window
+could be split both vertically and horizontally, as determined by the
+values of @code{split-height-threshold} and
+@code{split-width-threshold}.  The default value is @code{longest},
+which means to split vertically if the height of the window's frame is
+greater or equal to its width, and horizontally otherwise.  The values
+@code{vertical} and @code{horizontal} specify the direction in which to
+attempt the first split.
+@end defopt
+
 @defopt even-window-sizes
 This variable, if non-@code{nil}, causes @code{display-buffer} to even
 window sizes whenever it reuses an existing window, and that window is
@@ -4826,8 +4924,8 @@ Each list element has the form @code{(@var{buffer} @var{window-start}
 @var{window-pos})}, where @var{buffer} is a buffer previously shown in
 the window, @var{window-start} is the window start position
 (@pxref{Window Start and End}) when that buffer was last shown, and
-@var{window-pos} is the point position (@pxref{Window Point}) when
-that buffer was last shown in @var{window}.
+@var{window-pos} is the window point position (@pxref{Window Point})
+when that buffer was last shown in @var{window}.
 
 The list is ordered so that earlier elements correspond to more
 recently-shown buffers, and the first element usually corresponds to the
@@ -5774,8 +5872,8 @@ makes it useful to have multiple windows showing one buffer.
 
 @itemize @bullet
 @item
-The window point is established when a window is first created; it is
-initialized from the buffer's point, or from the window point of another
+Window point is established when a window is first created; it is
+initialized from the buffer's point, or from window point of another
 window opened on the buffer if such a window exists.
 
 @item
@@ -5789,6 +5887,18 @@ the other windows are stored in those windows.
 @item
 As long as the selected window displays the current buffer, the window's
 point and the buffer's point always move together; they remain equal.
+
+@item
+Many Emacs functions temporarily select a window in order to operate on
+its contents.  This will move point (@pxref{Point}) of that
+window's buffer to the position of window point of that window and
+not restore buffer point to its previous position when terminating
+the temporary selection.  This means that when one and the same buffer
+is simultaneously displayed in more than one window, its buffer point
+may change in unpredictable ways to the position of window point of any
+of these windows as a side-effect of things like redisplay, calling
+@code{with-selected-window} (@pxref{Selecting Windows}) or running
+@code{window-configuration-change-hook} (@pxref{Window Hooks}).
 @end itemize
 
 @cindex cursor
@@ -5844,6 +5954,40 @@ This function returns the cursor type of @var{window}, defaulting to the
 selected window.
 @end defun
 
+@defun window-cursor-info &optional window
+This function returns information about the cursor of @var{window},
+defaulting to the selected window.
+
+The value returned by the function is a vector of the form
+@w{@code{[@var{type} @var{x} @var{y} @var{width} @var{height}
+@var{ascent}]}}.  Here's the description of each components of this
+vector:
+
+@table @var
+@item type
+The type of the cursor, a symbol.  This is the same value returned by
+@code{window-cursor-type}.
+
+@item x
+@itemx y
+The pixel coordinates of the cursor's top-left corner, relative to the
+top-left corner of @var{window}'s text area.
+
+@item width
+@itemx height
+The pixel dimensions of the cursor.
+
+@item ascent
+The number of pixels the cursor extends above the baseline.
+@end table
+
+If the cursor is not currently displayed for @var{window}, this function
+returns @code{nil}.
+
+Any element except the first one in the returned vector may be
+@code{-1}, meaning the actual value is currently unavailable.
+@end defun
+
 @node Window Start and End
 @section The Window Start and End Positions
 @cindex window start position
@@ -7185,8 +7329,8 @@ function may also delete windows which were found live by
 
 Each entry in the list that is passed as the second argument to the
 function is itself a list of six values: the window whose buffer was
-found dead, the dead buffer or its name, the positions of window-start
-(@pxref{Window Start and End}) and window-point (@pxref{Window Point})
+found dead, the dead buffer or its name, the positions of window start
+(@pxref{Window Start and End}) and window point (@pxref{Window Point})
 of the buffer in that window, the dedicated state of the window as
 previously reported by @code{window-dedicated-p} and a flag that is
 @code{t} if the window has been found to be alive by
diff --git a/doc/man/ChangeLog.1 b/doc/man/ChangeLog.1
index 5e58b9681e2..b1ece75d6b0 100644
--- a/doc/man/ChangeLog.1
+++ b/doc/man/ChangeLog.1
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
 ;; coding: utf-8
 ;; End:
 
-  Copyright (C) 2007-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+  Copyright (C) 2007-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
   This file is part of GNU Emacs.
 
diff --git a/doc/man/ebrowse.1 b/doc/man/ebrowse.1
index 8c96088e5ae..85e60ea9b12 100644
--- a/doc/man/ebrowse.1
+++ b/doc/man/ebrowse.1
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ should give you access to the complete manual.
 was written by Gerd Moellmann.
 .
 .SH COPYING
-Copyright 2008\(en2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright 2008\(en2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 .PP
 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
 document provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
diff --git a/doc/man/emacs.1.in b/doc/man/emacs.1.in
index bd8d6ed9835..57264dbb3bf 100644
--- a/doc/man/emacs.1.in
+++ b/doc/man/emacs.1.in
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ For detailed credits and acknowledgments, see the GNU Emacs manual.
 .
 .
 .SH COPYING
-Copyright 1995\(en2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright 1995\(en2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 .PP
 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
 document provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
diff --git a/doc/man/etags.1 b/doc/man/etags.1
index 3921a60361b..c098f5198e3 100644
--- a/doc/man/etags.1
+++ b/doc/man/etags.1
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Stallman.
 .BR vi ( 1 ).
 
 .SH COPYING
-Copyright 1992, 1999, 2001\(en2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright 1992, 1999, 2001\(en2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 .PP
 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
 document provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
diff --git a/doc/misc/ChangeLog.1 b/doc/misc/ChangeLog.1
index 44e63877e9b..67fcf11ac28 100644
--- a/doc/misc/ChangeLog.1
+++ b/doc/misc/ChangeLog.1
@@ -12110,7 +12110,7 @@
 ;; coding: utf-8
 ;; End:
 
-  Copyright (C) 1993-1999, 2001-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+  Copyright (C) 1993-1999, 2001-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
   This file is part of GNU Emacs.
 
diff --git a/doc/misc/Makefile.in b/doc/misc/Makefile.in
index 95c8a92ded1..5eee5023f54 100644
--- a/doc/misc/Makefile.in
+++ b/doc/misc/Makefile.in
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ### @configure_input@
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1996-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1996-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 # This file is part of GNU Emacs.
 
diff --git a/doc/misc/auth.texi b/doc/misc/auth.texi
index 18f24ed6f0c..2111b4febf7 100644
--- a/doc/misc/auth.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/auth.texi
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 @copying
 This file describes the Emacs auth-source library.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2008--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2008--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/autotype.texi b/doc/misc/autotype.texi
index 377dcda3efd..131d3165def 100644
--- a/doc/misc/autotype.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/autotype.texi
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 @c  @cindex autotypist
 
 @copying
-Copyright @copyright{} 1994--1995, 1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+Copyright @copyright{} 1994--1995, 1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
diff --git a/doc/misc/bovine.texi b/doc/misc/bovine.texi
index c4fd83d154d..7ce02db3b6e 100644
--- a/doc/misc/bovine.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/bovine.texi
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 @c %**end of header
 
 @copying
-Copyright @copyright{} 1999--2004, 2012--2025 Free Software Foundation,
+Copyright @copyright{} 1999--2004, 2012--2026 Free Software Foundation,
 Inc.
 
 @quotation
diff --git a/doc/misc/calc.texi b/doc/misc/calc.texi
index 9b7cdd8b37f..deddcd7a7ad 100644
--- a/doc/misc/calc.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/calc.texi
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ This file documents Calc, the GNU Emacs calculator, included with
 GNU Emacs @value{EMACSVER}.
 @end ifnotinfo
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 1990--1991, 2001--2025 Free Software Foundation,
+Copyright @copyright{} 1990--1991, 2001--2026 Free Software Foundation,
 Inc.
 
 @quotation
@@ -35694,10 +35694,9 @@ The variable @code{calc-string-maximum-character} is the maximum value
 of a vector's elements for @code{calc-display-strings}, @code{string},
 and @code{bstring} to display the vector as a string.  This maximum
 @emph{must} represent a character, i.e. it's a non-negative integer less
-than or equal to @code{(max-char)} or @code{0x3FFFFF}.  Any negative
-value effectively disables the display of strings, and for values larger
-than @code{0x3FFFFF} the display acts as if the maximum were
-@code{0x3FFFFF}.  Some natural choices (and their resulting ranges) are:
+than or equal to @code{(max-char)} or @code{0x3FFFFF}.  Any value not
+representing a character effectively disables the display of strings.
+Some natural choices (and their resulting ranges) are:
 
 @itemize
 @item
diff --git a/doc/misc/cc-mode.texi b/doc/misc/cc-mode.texi
index fe93bc759b2..44486cc9f7d 100644
--- a/doc/misc/cc-mode.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/cc-mode.texi
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ CC Mode
 @copying
 This manual is for CC Mode in Emacs.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 1995--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1995--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
@@ -6217,7 +6217,7 @@ to perform indentation.
 @defun c-lineup-item-after-paren-at-boi
 @findex lineup-item-after-paren-at-boi (c-)
 Line up under the first entry on the same line as an open parenthesis
-when that parenthesis is the lefmost non-space character in its line.
+when that parenthesis is the leftmost non-space character in its line.
 For example:
 
 @example
@@ -6996,7 +6996,7 @@ the_larch,            @hereFn{c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont}
 
 @defun c-lineup-class-field-cont
 @findex lineup-class-field-cont (c-)
-Indent continutation lines zero or one @code{c-basic-offset} steps.
+Indent continuation lines zero or one @code{c-basic-offset} steps.
 This is intended for continuation lines within a class/struct
 etc. construct.  For a declaration following a template specification,
 zero steps are used.  Other constructs are indented one step.
diff --git a/doc/misc/cl.texi b/doc/misc/cl.texi
index 6400fc6ece4..7bf59449606 100644
--- a/doc/misc/cl.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/cl.texi
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 @copying
 This file documents the GNU Emacs Common Lisp emulation package.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 1993, 2001--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1993, 2001--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
@@ -3985,7 +3985,7 @@ the specified slots, such as @code{:first-name}, @code{:age}, and
 @code{:sex}.  These keyword arguments specify the initial values for the
 respective slots in the new object.  If a keyword argument is not
 provided, the slot is initialized to @code{nil}.@footnote{This behavior
-differs from Common Lisp, where an unitialized slot would be left as
+differs from Common Lisp, where an uninitialized slot would be left as
 ``undefined''.}
 
 In the example below, we create a new instance of the @code{person}
diff --git a/doc/misc/dbus.texi b/doc/misc/dbus.texi
index f9ab2c56e3c..5b302c883ad 100644
--- a/doc/misc/dbus.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/dbus.texi
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 @syncodeindex fn cp
 
 @copying
-Copyright @copyright{} 2007--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2007--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
@@ -64,6 +64,7 @@ another.  An overview of D-Bus can be found at
 * Alternative Buses::           Alternative buses and environments.
 * Errors and Events::           Errors and events.
 * Monitoring Messages::         Monitoring messages.
+* File Descriptors::            Handle file descriptors.
 * Index::                       Index including concepts, functions, variables.
 
 * GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation.
@@ -124,7 +125,7 @@ name could be @samp{org.gnu.Emacs.TextEditor} or
 
 
 @node Inspection
-@chapter Inspection of D-Bus services.
+@chapter Inspection of D-Bus services
 @cindex inspection
 
 @menu
@@ -139,7 +140,7 @@ name could be @samp{org.gnu.Emacs.TextEditor} or
 
 
 @node Version
-@section D-Bus version.
+@section D-Bus version
 
 D-Bus has evolved over the years.  New features have been added with
 new D-Bus versions.  There are two variables, which allow the determination
@@ -158,7 +159,7 @@ It is also @code{nil}, if it cannot be determined at runtime.
 
 
 @node Bus names
-@section Bus names.
+@section Bus names
 
 There are several basic functions which inspect the buses for
 registered names.  Internally they use the basic interface
@@ -267,7 +268,7 @@ at D-Bus @var{bus}, as a string.
 
 
 @node Introspection
-@section Knowing the details of D-Bus services.
+@section Knowing the details of D-Bus services
 
 D-Bus services publish their interfaces.  This can be retrieved and
 analyzed during runtime, in order to understand the used
@@ -483,7 +484,7 @@ If @var{object} has no @var{attribute}, the function returns
 
 
 @node Nodes and Interfaces
-@section Detecting object paths and interfaces.
+@section Detecting object paths and interfaces
 
 The first elements, to be introspected for a D-Bus object, are further
 object paths and interfaces.
@@ -593,7 +594,7 @@ data from a running system:
 
 
 @node Methods and Signal
-@section Applying the functionality.
+@section Applying the functionality
 
 Methods and signals are the communication means to D-Bus.  The
 following functions return their specifications.
@@ -673,7 +674,7 @@ Example:
 
 
 @node Properties and Annotations
-@section What else to know about interfaces.
+@section What else to know about interfaces
 
 Interfaces can have properties.  These can be exposed via the
 @samp{org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties} interface@footnote{See
@@ -894,7 +895,7 @@ An attribute value can be retrieved by
 
 
 @node Arguments and Signatures
-@section The final details.
+@section The final details
 
 Methods and signals have arguments.  They are described in the
 @code{arg} XML elements.
@@ -962,7 +963,7 @@ non-@code{nil}, @var{direction} must be @samp{out}.  Example:
 
 
 @node Type Conversion
-@chapter Mapping Lisp types and D-Bus types.
+@chapter Mapping Lisp types and D-Bus types
 @cindex type conversion
 
 D-Bus method calls and signals accept usually several arguments as
@@ -975,7 +976,7 @@ applied Lisp object @expansion{} D-Bus type for input parameters, and
 D-Bus type @expansion{} Lisp object for output parameters.
 
 
-@section Input parameters.
+@section Input parameters
 
 Input parameters for D-Bus methods and signals occur as arguments of a
 Lisp function call.  The following mapping to D-Bus types is
@@ -1116,7 +1117,7 @@ lower-case hex digits.  As a special case, "" is escaped to
 @end defun
 
 
-@section Output parameters.
+@section Output parameters
 
 Output parameters of D-Bus methods and signals are mapped to Lisp
 objects.
@@ -1199,7 +1200,7 @@ that string:
 
 
 @node Synchronous Methods
-@chapter Calling methods in a blocking way.
+@chapter Calling methods in a blocking way
 @cindex method calls, synchronous
 @cindex synchronous method calls
 
@@ -1211,7 +1212,7 @@ which carries the input parameters to the object owning the method to
 be called, and a reply message returning the resulting output
 parameters from the object.
 
-@defun dbus-call-method bus service path interface method &optional :timeout timeout :authorizable auth &rest args
+@defun dbus-call-method bus service path interface method &optional :timeout timeout :authorizable auth :keep-fd &rest args
 @anchor{dbus-call-method}
 This function calls @var{method} on the D-Bus @var{bus}.  @var{bus} is
 either the keyword @code{:system} or the keyword @code{:session}.
@@ -1240,8 +1241,15 @@ running):
  "org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager" "RestartUnit"
  :authorizable t
  "bluetooth.service" "replace")
+
+@result{} "/org/freedesktop/systemd1/job/17508"
 @end lisp
 
+If the parameter @code{:keep-fd} is given, and the return message has a
+first argument with a D-Bus type @code{:unix-fd}, the returned file
+descriptor is kept internally, and can be used in a later call of
+@code{dbus--close-fd} (@pxref{File Descriptors}).
+
 The remaining arguments @var{args} are passed to @var{method} as
 arguments.  They are converted into D-Bus types as described in
 @ref{Type Conversion}.
@@ -1317,11 +1325,11 @@ emulate the @code{lshal} command on GNU/Linux systems:
 
 
 @node Asynchronous Methods
-@chapter Calling methods non-blocking.
+@chapter Calling methods non-blocking
 @cindex method calls, asynchronous
 @cindex asynchronous method calls
 
-@defun dbus-call-method-asynchronously bus service path interface method handler &optional :timeout timeout :authorizable auth &rest args
+@defun dbus-call-method-asynchronously bus service path interface method handler &optional :timeout timeout :authorizable auth :keep-fd &rest args
 This function calls @var{method} on the D-Bus @var{bus}
 asynchronously.  @var{bus} is either the keyword @code{:system} or the
 keyword @code{:session}.
@@ -1344,6 +1352,11 @@ If the parameter @code{:authorizable} is given and the following
 @var{auth} is non-@code{nil}, the invoked method may interactively
 prompt the user for authorization.  The default is @code{nil}.
 
+If the parameter @code{:keep-fd} is given, and the return message has a
+first argument with a D-Bus type @code{:unix-fd}, the returned file
+descriptor is kept internally, and can be used in a later call of
+@code{dbus--close-fd} (@pxref{File Descriptors}).
+
 The remaining arguments @var{args} are passed to @var{method} as
 arguments.  They are converted into D-Bus types as described in
 @ref{Type Conversion}.
@@ -1369,7 +1382,7 @@ message arrives, and @var{handler} is called.  Example:
 
 
 @node Register Objects
-@chapter Offering own services.
+@chapter Offering own services
 @cindex method calls, returning
 @cindex returning method calls
 
@@ -1720,7 +1733,7 @@ to the service from D-Bus.
 
 
 @node Signals
-@chapter Sending and receiving signals.
+@chapter Sending and receiving signals
 @cindex signals
 
 Signals are one way messages.  They carry input parameters, which are
@@ -1752,6 +1765,8 @@ arguments.  They are converted into D-Bus types as described in
  :session nil dbus-path-emacs
  (concat dbus-interface-emacs ".FileManager") "FileModified"
  "/home/albinus/.emacs")
+
+@result{} nil
 @end lisp
 @end defun
 
@@ -1779,7 +1794,10 @@ argument.
 
 @var{handler} is a Lisp function to be called when the @var{signal} is
 received.  It must accept as arguments the output parameters
-@var{signal} is sending.
+@var{signal} is sending.@footnote{It is possible to register different
+handlers for the same signal.  All registered handlers will be called
+when the signal arrives.  This is useful for example if different Lisp
+packages are interested in the same signal.}
 
 The remaining arguments @var{args} can be keywords or keyword string
 pairs.@footnote{For backward compatibility, the arguments @var{args}
@@ -1852,7 +1870,7 @@ for a dummy signal, and check the result:
 
 
 @node Alternative Buses
-@chapter Alternative buses and environments.
+@chapter Alternative buses and environments
 @cindex bus names
 @cindex UNIX domain socket
 @cindex TCP/IP socket
@@ -1979,7 +1997,7 @@ running.  This could be achieved by
 
 
 @node Errors and Events
-@chapter Errors and events.
+@chapter Errors and events
 @cindex debugging
 @cindex errors
 @cindex events
@@ -2138,7 +2156,7 @@ whether a given D-Bus error is related to them.
 
 
 @node Monitoring Messages
-@chapter Monitoring messages.
+@chapter Monitoring messages
 @cindex monitoring
 
 @defun dbus-register-monitor bus &optional handler &key type sender destination path interface member
@@ -2178,12 +2196,16 @@ The following form shows all D-Bus events on the session bus in buffer
 
 @lisp
 (dbus-register-monitor :session)
+
+@result{} ((:monitor :session-private) (nil nil dbus-monitor-handler))
 @end lisp
 
 And this form restricts the monitoring on D-Bus errors:
 
 @lisp
 (dbus-register-monitor :session nil :type "error")
+
+@result{} ((:monitor :session-private) (nil nil dbus-monitor-handler))
 @end lisp
 @end defun
 
@@ -2193,6 +2215,92 @@ switches to the monitor buffer.
 @end deffn
 
 
+@node File Descriptors
+@chapter Handle file descriptors
+
+Methods offered by the D-Bus API could return a file descriptor, which
+must be handled further.  This is indicated by the @code{:keep-fd}
+parameter when calling the method (@pxref{dbus-call-method}).
+
+For example, @uref{https://systemd.io/INHIBITOR_LOCKS/, Systemd}
+includes a logic to inhibit system shutdowns and sleep states.  It can
+be controlled by a the method @samp{Inhibit} of interface
+@samp{org.freedesktop.login1.Manager}@footnote{@uref{https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/latest/org.freedesktop.login1.html}}.
+This function returns a file descriptor, which must be used to unlock
+the locked resource, some of which lock the system.  In order to keep
+this file descriptor internally, the respective D-Bus method call looks
+like (@var{what}, @var{who}, @var{why} and @var{mode} are
+method-specific string arguments)
+
+@lisp
+(dbus-call-method
+ :system
+ "org.freedesktop.login1" "/org/freedesktop/login1"
+ "org.freedesktop.login1.Manager" "Inhibit"
+ :keep-fd WHAT WHO WHY MODE)
+
+@result{} 25
+@end lisp
+
+The inhibition lock is unlocked, when the returned file descriptor is
+removed from the file system.  This cannot be achieved on Lisp level.
+Therefore, there is the function @code{dbus--fd-close} to performs this
+task (see below).
+
+@strong{Note}: When the Emacs process itself dies, all such locks are
+released.
+
+@strong{Note}: The following functions are internal to the D-Bus
+implementation of Emacs.  Use them with care.
+
+@defun dbus--fd-open filename
+Open @var{filename} and return the respective read-only file descriptor.
+This is another function to keep a file descriptor internally.  The
+returned file descriptor can be closed by @code{dbus--fd-close}.
+Example:
+
+@lisp
+(dbus--fd-open "~/.emacs")
+
+@result{} 20
+@end lisp
+@end defun
+
+@defun dbus--fd-close fd
+Close file descriptor @var{fd}.
+@var{fd} must be the result of a @code{dbus-call-method} or
+@code{dbus--fd-open} call, see @code{dbus--registered-fds}.  It returns
+@code{t} in case of success, or @code{nil} if it isn’t be possible to
+close the file descriptor, or if the file descriptor is closed already.
+Example:
+
+@lisp
+(dbus--fd-close 25)
+
+@result{} t
+@end lisp
+@end defun
+
+@defun dbus--registered-fds
+Return registered file descriptors, an alist.
+The key is an open file descriptor, retrieved via
+@code{dbus-call-method} or @code{dbus--open-fd}.  The value is a string
+@var{object-path} or @var{filename}, which represents the arguments the
+function was called with.  Those values are not needed for further
+operations; they are just shown for information.
+
+This alist allows to check, whether other packages of the running Emacs
+instance have acquired a file descriptor as well.  Example:
+
+@lisp
+(dbus--registered-fds)
+
+@result{} ((20 . "/home/user/.emacs")
+   (25 . "/org/freedesktop/login1"))
+@end lisp
+@end defun
+
+
 @node Index
 @unnumbered Index
 
diff --git a/doc/misc/dired-x.texi b/doc/misc/dired-x.texi
index bd8010edcb1..f35cb9af289 100644
--- a/doc/misc/dired-x.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/dired-x.texi
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
 
 @copying
-Copyright @copyright{} 1994--1995, 1999, 2001--2025 Free Software
+Copyright @copyright{} 1994--1995, 1999, 2001--2026 Free Software
 Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
diff --git a/doc/misc/ebrowse.texi b/doc/misc/ebrowse.texi
index 91b6896d6d1..4001a533446 100644
--- a/doc/misc/ebrowse.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/ebrowse.texi
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 @copying
 This file documents Ebrowse, a C++ class browser for GNU Emacs.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2000--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2000--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/ede.texi b/doc/misc/ede.texi
index dc1845dc276..b23aafd18a5 100644
--- a/doc/misc/ede.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/ede.texi
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 @copying
 This file describes EDE, the Emacs Development Environment.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 1998--2001, 2004--2005, 2008--2025 Free Software
+Copyright @copyright{} 1998--2001, 2004--2005, 2008--2026 Free Software
 Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
diff --git a/doc/misc/ediff.texi b/doc/misc/ediff.texi
index 73f751f3a4b..5a746b313cf 100644
--- a/doc/misc/ediff.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/ediff.texi
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 This file documents Ediff, a comprehensive visual interface to Unix diff
 and patch utilities.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 1995--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1995--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/edt.texi b/doc/misc/edt.texi
index 68f2d7eeedd..bcc3cee24e7 100644
--- a/doc/misc/edt.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/edt.texi
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 @copying
 This file documents the EDT emulation package for Emacs.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 1986, 1992, 1994--1995, 1999--2025 Free Software
+Copyright @copyright{} 1986, 1992, 1994--1995, 1999--2026 Free Software
 Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
diff --git a/doc/misc/efaq-w32.texi b/doc/misc/efaq-w32.texi
index 74e12485eec..9d99a6635b3 100644
--- a/doc/misc/efaq-w32.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/efaq-w32.texi
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Answers to Frequently asked Questions about using Emacs on Microsoft Windows.
 @include emacsver.texi
 
 @copying
-Copyright @copyright{} 2008, 2010--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2008, 2010--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 This list of frequently asked questions about GNU Emacs on MS Windows
diff --git a/doc/misc/efaq.texi b/doc/misc/efaq.texi
index 673fb96f145..532a55fc620 100644
--- a/doc/misc/efaq.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/efaq.texi
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 @include emacsver.texi
 
 @copying
-Copyright @copyright{} 2001--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.@*
+Copyright @copyright{} 2001--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.@*
 Copyright @copyright{} 1994--2000 Reuven M. Lerner@*
 Copyright @copyright{} 1992--1993 Steven Byrnes@*
 Copyright @copyright{} 1990--1992 Joseph Brian Wells@*
diff --git a/doc/misc/eglot.texi b/doc/misc/eglot.texi
index 12379f890c9..8483881c52a 100644
--- a/doc/misc/eglot.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/eglot.texi
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 @copying
 This manual is for Eglot, the Emacs LSP client.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2022--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2022--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
@@ -87,7 +87,9 @@ Eglot itself is completely language-agnostic, but it can support any
 programming language for which there is a language server and an Emacs
 major mode.
 
-This manual documents how to configure, use, and customize Eglot.
+This manual documents how to configure, use, and customize Eglot.  To
+read this manual from within Emacs, type @kbd{M-x eglot-manual
+@key{RET}}.
 
 @insertcopying
 
@@ -97,6 +99,7 @@ This manual documents how to configure, use, and customize Eglot.
 * Using Eglot::                 Important Eglot commands and variables.
 * Customizing Eglot::           Eglot customization and advanced features.
 * Advanced server configuration::  Fine-tune a specific language server
+* Multi-server support:: Use more than one server in a buffer
 * Extending Eglot::             Writing Eglot extensions in Elisp
 * Troubleshooting Eglot::       Troubleshooting and reporting bugs.
 * GNU Free Documentation License::  The license for this manual.
@@ -763,6 +766,22 @@ serve hints about positional parameter names in function calls and a
 variable's automatically deduced type.  Inlay hints help the user not
 have to remember these things by heart.
 
+@cindex momentary inlay hints
+@item eglot-momentary-inlay-hints
+When bound to a single key in @code{eglot-mode-map}
+(@pxref{Customization Variables}), this will arrange for inlay hints to
+be displayed as long as the key is held down, and then hidden shortly
+after it is released.  The best way to set it up is something like this:
+
+@lisp
+(define-key eglot-mode-map [f7] 'eglot-momentary-inlay-hints)
+@end lisp
+
+@noindent
+Note that Emacs doesn't support binding to \"key up\" events, so this
+command offers an approximation by estimating your system keyboard delay
+and repeat rate.
+
 @cindex semantic tokens
 @item M-x eglot-semantic-tokens-mode
 This command toggles LSP @dfn{semantic tokens} fontification on and off
@@ -975,6 +994,7 @@ For example:
   (define-key eglot-mode-map (kbd "C-c o") 'eglot-code-action-organize-imports)
   (define-key eglot-mode-map (kbd "C-c h") 'eldoc)
   (define-key eglot-mode-map (kbd "<f6>") 'xref-find-definitions)
+  (define-key eglot-mode-map (kbd "<f7>") 'eglot-momentary-inlay-hints)
 @end lisp
 
 @cindex progress
@@ -1509,6 +1529,152 @@ is serialized by Eglot to the following JSON text:
 @}
 @end example
 
+@node Multi-server support
+@chapter Multi-server support
+@cindex multiple servers per buffer
+@cindex LSP server multiplexer
+@cindex per-buffer multiple servers
+
+One of the most frequently requested features for Eglot in close to a
+decade of existence is the ability to use more than one LSP server in a
+single buffer.  This is distinct from using multiple servers in a
+project, where each server manages a disjoint set of files written in
+different languages.
+
+The latter case---multiple servers for different files---is
+intrinsically supported by Eglot.  For example, in a web project with
+JavaScript, CSS, and Python files, Eglot can seamlessly manage separate
+language servers for each file type within the same project
+(@pxref{Starting Eglot}).  Each buffer communicates with its appropriate
+server, and this works out-of-the-box.
+
+However, there are several scenarios where multiple servers per buffer
+are useful:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+Combining a spell-checking language server like @command{codebook-lsp}
+with language-specific servers for C++, Go, or Python files.  The
+spell-checker provides diagnostics for comments and strings, while the
+language server handles syntax and semantics.
+
+@item
+One might want multiple servers to cover different aspects of the same
+language.  For Python, you might combine @command{ty} for type checking
+with @command{ruff} for linting and formatting.  For JavaScript, you
+might use @command{typescript-language-server} for language features
+together with @command{eslint} for linting.
+
+@item
+When working on multi-language files like Vue @file{.vue} files, which
+contain JavaScript, CSS, and HTML embedded in a single file, multiple
+servers can manage the different areas of the buffer.
+@end itemize
+
+These use cases are not directly supported by Eglot's architecture,
+however, you can use a language-agnostic @dfn{LSP server multiplexer}
+that sits between Eglot and the actual language servers.  Eglot still
+communicates with a single LSP server process in each buffer, but that
+process mediates communication to multiple language-specific servers,
+meaning that for practical purposes, it's @emph{as if} Eglot was
+connected to them directly.
+
+This approach is more powerful and user-friendly than current
+workarounds that combine one LSP server in a buffer with additional
+non-LSP mechanisms such as extra Flymake backends (@pxref{Top,,,
+Flymake, GNU Flymake manual}) for the same buffer.
+
+@menu
+* Using Rassumfrassum::   Setup the @code{rass} LSP multiplexer
+* Design rationale::      Benefits and drawbacks of LSP multiplexers
+@end menu
+
+@node Using Rassumfrassum
+@section Using Rassumfrassum
+
+@uref{https://github.com/joaotavora/rassumfrassum, Rassumfrassum} is an
+LSP server multiplexer program that fits the bill.  Like most language
+servers, it must be installed separately since it is not bundled with
+Emacs (at time of writing).  The installation is similar to installing
+any other language server, and usually amounts to making sure the
+program executable is somewhere in @code{PATH} or @code{exec-path}.
+
+The Rassumfrassum program, invoked via the @command{rass} command, works
+by spawning multiple LSP server subprocesses and aggregating their
+capabilities, requests, and responses into a single unified LSP
+interface.  From Eglot's perspective, it appears to be communicating with
+a single server.
+
+To use Rassumfrassum with Eglot, you can start it interactively with a
+prefix argument to @code{eglot} and specify the @command{rass} command
+followed by the actual servers you want to use, separated by @code{--}:
+
+@example
+C-u M-x eglot RET rass -- clangd -- codebook-lsp serve RET
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+This starts @command{clangd} for C++ language support and
+@command{codebook-lsp} for spell-checking in the same buffer.
+
+For Python, you might use:
+
+@example
+C-u M-x eglot RET rass -- ty server -- ruff server RET
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+or simply @kbd{C-u M-x eglot RET rass python}, using the ``preset''
+feature. This combines @command{ty} for type checking with
+@command{ruff} for linting and formatting.
+
+These configurations can be integrated into the
+@code{eglot-server-programs} variable (@pxref{Setting Up LSP Servers})
+for automatic use:
+
+@lisp
+(with-eval-after-load 'eglot
+  (add-to-list 'eglot-server-programs
+               '(c-ts-base-mode . ("rass" "--" "clangd" "--"
+                                   "codebook-lsp" "serve")))
+  (add-to-list 'eglot-server-programs
+               '(python-mode . ("rass" "--" "ty" "server" "--"
+                                "ruff" "server"))))
+@end lisp
+
+@node Design rationale
+@section Design rationale
+
+Using an LSP server multiplexer like @command{rass} relieves Eglot from
+knowing about the specific characteristics of individual servers and the
+complexity of managing multiple simultaneous server connections per
+buffer.  This helps preserve the essential features that distinguish
+Eglot's code base from other LSP offers for Emacs: simple, performant
+and mindful of the core tenet of LSP, which is for a client to be
+language-agnostic.
+
+This approach has an additional benefit: because the multiplexer
+mediates all communication between Eglot and the servers, it can take
+advantage of different optimization opportunities.  For instance, at the
+system level it may be multi-threaded to process different JSONRPC
+streams in with true parallelism, something which is currently
+impossible to do in plain Elisp.  At the LSP-level it can merge server
+responses intelligently, truncate unnecessarily large objects, and cache
+significant amounts of information in efficient ways.  In many cases,
+this can reduce the amount of JSONRPC traffic exchanged with Emacs to
+levels well below what would occur if a client connected to multiple
+servers separately.  Some of these optimizations may apply even when a
+program like @command{rass} is mediating communication to a single
+server.
+
+The multiplexer approach is not without drawbacks.  Since LSP is a
+relatively large protocol with a decade of existence and many backward
+compatibility concerns, combining the responses of servers using completely
+different mechanisms of the protocol to respond to the same request
+sometimes leads to complexity in covering the corner cases.  However,
+offloading this complexity to a completely separate layer has proven
+very effective in practice.
+
 @node Extending Eglot
 @chapter Extending Eglot
 
@@ -1685,9 +1851,13 @@ slowly, try to customize the variable @code{eglot-events-buffer-config}
 0.  This will disable recording any events and may speed things up.
 
 In other situations, the cause of poor performance lies in the language
-server itself.  Servers use aggressive caching and other techniques to
-improve their performance.  Often, this can be tweaked by changing the
-server configuration (@pxref{Advanced server configuration}).
+server itself.  Some servers use aggressive caching and other techniques
+to improve their performance.  Often, this can be tweaked by changing
+the server configuration (@pxref{Advanced server configuration}).
+
+Another aspect that may cause performance degradation is the amount of
+JSONRPC information exchanged with Emacs.  Using an LSP program like
+@ref{Using Rassumfrassum,Rassumfrassum} may alleviate such problems.
 
 @node Getting the latest version
 @section Getting the latest version
@@ -1749,10 +1919,17 @@ may be using.  If possible, try to replicate the problem with the
 C/C@t{++} or Python servers, as these are very easy to install.
 
 @item
-Describe how to setup a @emph{minimal} project directory where Eglot
+If using an LSP multiplexer server like @ref{Using Rassumfrassum,
+Rassumfrassum}, first verify if the program replicates by using one of
+the multiplexed servers directly.  If it doesn't the problem lies in the
+LSP multiplexer program and should be reported there.
+
+@item
+Include a description of a @emph{minimal} project directory where Eglot
 should be started for the problem to happen.  Describe each file's name
-and its contents.  Alternatively, you can supply the address of a public
-Git repository.
+and its contents, or---sometimes better--- zip that project directory
+completely and attach it.  Alternatively, you can supply the address of
+a public Git repository.
 
 @item
 Include versions of the software used.  The Emacs version can be
@@ -1765,12 +1942,13 @@ first check if the problem isn't already fixed in the latest version
 It's also essential to include the version of ELPA packages that are
 explicitly or implicitly loaded.  The optional but popular Company or
 Markdown packages are distributed as GNU ELPA packages, not to mention
-Eglot itself in some situations.  Some major modes (Go, Rust, etc.)  are
-provided by ELPA packages.  It's sometimes easy to miss these, since
-they are usually implicitly loaded when visiting a file in that
-language.
+Eglot itself in some situations.  Prefer reproducing the problem with
+built-in Treesit major modes like @code{go-ts-mode} or
+@code{rust-ts-mode} since the non-ts modes for such languages are
+usually provided by ELPA packages, and it's often easy to miss them.
 
-ELPA packages usually live in @code{~/.emacs.d/elpa} (or what is in
+If you can't reproduce your bug without ELPA packages, you may find the
+ones you're using in @code{~/.emacs.d/elpa} (or what is in
 @code{package-user-dir}).  Including a listing of files in that
 directory is a way to tell the maintainers about ELPA package versions.
 
diff --git a/doc/misc/eieio.texi b/doc/misc/eieio.texi
index bf6f2fdb430..018e95cf083 100644
--- a/doc/misc/eieio.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/eieio.texi
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 @copying
 This manual documents EIEIO, an object framework for Emacs Lisp.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2007--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2007--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/emacs-gnutls.texi b/doc/misc/emacs-gnutls.texi
index 8e38b952920..9d5d64b1e8d 100644
--- a/doc/misc/emacs-gnutls.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/emacs-gnutls.texi
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 @copying
 This file describes the Emacs GnuTLS integration.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2012--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2012--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/emacs-mime.texi b/doc/misc/emacs-mime.texi
index 9cd1b52eb54..ecb8bda75ad 100644
--- a/doc/misc/emacs-mime.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/emacs-mime.texi
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 @copying
 This file documents the Emacs MIME interface functionality.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 1998--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1998--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/epa.texi b/doc/misc/epa.texi
index 1ec23440b39..3901f26a95d 100644
--- a/doc/misc/epa.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/epa.texi
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 @copying
 This file describes EasyPG Assistant @value{VERSION}.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2007--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2007--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/erc.texi b/doc/misc/erc.texi
index 8ef027c8f04..131a66c8abb 100644
--- a/doc/misc/erc.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/erc.texi
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 @copying
 This manual is for ERC @value{ERCVER} @value{ERCDIST}.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2005--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2005--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ its mode variable has a local binding in all affected buffers
 @end enumerate
 
 In keeping with this, all built-in local modules disable themselves in
-nonapplicable buffers rather than remain no-ops.  Some also take strides
+inapplicable buffers rather than remain no-ops.  Some also take strides
 to enable themselves elsewhere when needed or at least emit a helpful
 error.  For example, the @samp{nicks} module does both in server
 buffers, where it shares resources among the target buffers it primarily
diff --git a/doc/misc/ert.texi b/doc/misc/ert.texi
index 4007fb0d882..6ed3ea6dacb 100644
--- a/doc/misc/ert.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/ert.texi
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 @end direntry
 
 @copying
-Copyright @copyright{} 2008, 2010--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2008, 2010--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ just like the code under test, making it easy to write expressive and
 concise test cases.
 
 ERT has unique features that take advantage of the dynamic and
-interactive nature of Emacs.  It is unopinionated about when or how
+interactive nature of Emacs.  It has no opinion about when or how
 tests are written: you can use it to verify newly written code,
 reproduce known bugs, prevent regressions, or explore the behavior of
 complex systems.  It can be used for both unit tests and larger
diff --git a/doc/misc/eshell.texi b/doc/misc/eshell.texi
index 5d387961204..9cdf6c5c0a2 100644
--- a/doc/misc/eshell.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/eshell.texi
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 @copying
 This manual is for Eshell, the Emacs shell.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 1999--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1999--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/eudc.texi b/doc/misc/eudc.texi
index d7a31bf7b09..ec6a7f437a9 100644
--- a/doc/misc/eudc.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/eudc.texi
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ This file documents EUDC version 1.40.0.
 EUDC is the Emacs Unified Directory Client, a common interface to
 directory servers and contact information.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 1998, 2000--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1998, 2000--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/eww.texi b/doc/misc/eww.texi
index b527e84f182..99f6eace778 100644
--- a/doc/misc/eww.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/eww.texi
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 @copying
 This file documents the GNU Emacs Web Wowser (EWW) package.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2014--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2014--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ customizing @code{shr-blocked-images}.
 the ``ALT'' text of images instead.
 
 @vindex shr-sliced-image-height
-  To make scrolling up/down past images more intuititve, EWW splits
+  To make scrolling up/down past images more intuitive, EWW splits
 large images into several rows.  This way, you can scroll individually
 past each slice, instead of jumping past the entire image.  EWW slices
 images that take up more than @code{shr-sliced-image-height} of the
diff --git a/doc/misc/flymake.texi b/doc/misc/flymake.texi
index 2cdeac98d76..7d76631cb19 100644
--- a/doc/misc/flymake.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/flymake.texi
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 @copying
 This manual is for GNU Flymake (version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}).
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2004--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2004--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/forms.texi b/doc/misc/forms.texi
index e1fa0beb364..971edd49e8b 100644
--- a/doc/misc/forms.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/forms.texi
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 @copying
 This file documents Forms mode, a form-editing major mode for GNU Emacs.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1997, 2001--2025 Free Software Foundation,
+Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1997, 2001--2026 Free Software Foundation,
 Inc.
 
 @quotation
diff --git a/doc/misc/gnus-faq.texi b/doc/misc/gnus-faq.texi
index c4bec5a273f..e5a1b4751f8 100644
--- a/doc/misc/gnus-faq.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/gnus-faq.texi
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 @c \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c Uncomment 1st line before texing this file alone.
 @c %**start of header
-@c Copyright (C) 1995--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 1995--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c
 @c @setfilename gnus-faq.info
 @c @settitle Frequently Asked Questions
diff --git a/doc/misc/gnus.texi b/doc/misc/gnus.texi
index 74da7df3247..eabf10d4511 100644
--- a/doc/misc/gnus.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/gnus.texi
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 @syncodeindex pg cp
 
 @copying
-Copyright @copyright{} 1995--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1995--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/htmlfontify.texi b/doc/misc/htmlfontify.texi
index 5d51c2dd518..5bcfd98ef2c 100644
--- a/doc/misc/htmlfontify.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/htmlfontify.texi
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 This manual documents Htmlfontify, a source code -> crosslinked +
 formatted + syntax colorized html transformer.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2002--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2002--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/idlwave.texi b/doc/misc/idlwave.texi
index a9a594dfcee..3f315711091 100644
--- a/doc/misc/idlwave.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/idlwave.texi
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Emacs, and interacting with an IDL shell run as a subprocess.
 This is edition @value{EDITION} of the IDLWAVE User Manual for IDLWAVE
 @value{VERSION}.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 1999--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1999--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/ido.texi b/doc/misc/ido.texi
index a5abbf5633c..2dc4d11ba51 100644
--- a/doc/misc/ido.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/ido.texi
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 @copying
 This file documents the Ido package for GNU Emacs.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2013--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2013--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/info.texi b/doc/misc/info.texi
index 71497562bce..3b22c9aa711 100644
--- a/doc/misc/info.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/info.texi
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 This file describes how to use Info, the menu-driven GNU
 documentation system.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1992, 1996--2025 Free Software Foundation,
+Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1992, 1996--2026 Free Software Foundation,
 Inc.
 
 @quotation
diff --git a/doc/misc/mairix-el.texi b/doc/misc/mairix-el.texi
index 286511a7283..55840e03b7b 100644
--- a/doc/misc/mairix-el.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/mairix-el.texi
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 @include docstyle.texi
 
 @copying
-Copyright @copyright{} 2008--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2008--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/message.texi b/doc/misc/message.texi
index 1f8b04853e9..7962460bf0b 100644
--- a/doc/misc/message.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/message.texi
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 @copying
 This file documents Message, the Emacs message composition mode.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 1996--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1996--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/mh-e.texi b/doc/misc/mh-e.texi
index cd11e6dc228..e5bee085888 100644
--- a/doc/misc/mh-e.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/mh-e.texi
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 This is version @value{VERSION}@value{EDITION} of @cite{The MH-E
 Manual}, last updated @value{UPDATED}.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 1995, 2001--2003, 2005--2025 Free Software
+Copyright @copyright{} 1995, 2001--2003, 2005--2026 Free Software
 Foundation, Inc.
 
 @c This dual license has been agreed upon by the FSF.
diff --git a/doc/misc/modus-themes.org b/doc/misc/modus-themes.org
index 43983505576..6e6cf68c7d2 100644
--- a/doc/misc/modus-themes.org
+++ b/doc/misc/modus-themes.org
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@
 #+language: en
 #+options: ':t toc:nil author:t email:t num:t
 #+startup: content
-#+macro: stable-version 5.1.0
-#+macro: release-date 2025-11-07
-#+macro: development-version 5.2.0-dev
+#+macro: stable-version 5.2.0
+#+macro: release-date 2025-12-31
+#+macro: development-version 5.3.0-dev
 #+macro: file @@texinfo:@file{@@$1@@texinfo:}@@
 #+macro: space @@texinfo:@: @@
 #+macro: kbd @@texinfo:@kbd{@@$1@@texinfo:}@@
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Current development target is {{{development-version}}}.
 :custom_id: h:b14c3fcb-13dd-4144-9d92-2c58b3ed16d3
 :end:
 
-Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 2020-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 #+begin_quote
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
@@ -367,12 +367,25 @@ customizations ([[#h:f4651d55-8c07-46aa-b52b-bed1e53463bb][Advanced customizatio
 #+findex: modus-themes-select
 #+findex: modus-themes-rotate
 #+findex: modus-themes-load-random
-#+findex: modus-themes-select
 The commands ~modus-themes-toggle~, ~modus-themes-rotate~,
 ~modus-themes-load-random~, and ~modus-themes-select~ use
 ~modus-themes-load-theme~ internally ([[#h:4fbfed66-5a89-447a-a07d-a03f6819c5bd][Option for which themes to toggle]]).
 The aforementioned hold true for them as well.
 
+Convenience commands for loading only dark or light themes are:
+
+#+findex: modus-themes-select-dark
+- ~modus-themes-select-dark~
+
+#+findex: modus-themes-select-light
+- ~modus-themes-select-light~
+
+#+findex: modus-themes-load-random-dark
+- ~modus-themes-load-random-dark~
+
+#+findex: modus-themes-load-random-light
+- ~modus-themes-load-random-light~
+
 ** The ~require-theme~ for built-in Emacs themes
 :PROPERTIES:
 :CUSTOM_ID: h:b66b128d-54a4-4265-b59f-4d1ea2feb073
@@ -597,10 +610,12 @@ Possible values:
 When the value is non-~nil~, the commands ~modus-themes-toggle~,
 ~modus-themes-rotate~, ~modus-themes-load-random~, and
 ~modus-themes-select~, as well as the ~modus-themes-load-theme~
-function, will disable all other themes while loading the specified
-Modus theme ([[#h:4fbfed66-5a89-447a-a07d-a03f6819c5bd][Option for which themes to toggle]]). This is done to
-ensure that Emacs does not blend two or more themes: such blends lead
-to awkward results that undermine the work of the designer.
+function (and any related convenience wrappers like
+~modus-themes-load-random-dark~), will disable all other themes while
+loading the specified Modus theme ([[#h:4fbfed66-5a89-447a-a07d-a03f6819c5bd][Option for which themes to toggle]]).
+This is done to ensure that Emacs does not blend two or more themes:
+such blends lead to awkward results that undermine the work of the
+designer.
 
 When the value is ~nil~, the aforementioned commands and function will
 only disable other themes within the Modus collection.
@@ -4163,13 +4178,19 @@ This section concerns package developers or advanced users.
 
 The Modus themes can be used as the basis for another theme. The
 ~ef-themes~ and ~standard-themes~ packages (also by Protesilaos), are
-two such case. Developers may do so to benefit from the extensive
-customization of the Modus themes and the fact that they are part of
-core Emacs.
+two such case. Developers may build on top of Modus to benefit from
+the extensive customization of the Modus themes and the fact that they
+are part of core Emacs. Note that because the ~ef-themes~ and
+~standard-themes~ existed before they were redone on top of Modus,
+they have to provide lots of compatibility aliases. Whereas a new
+theme can be as simple as a single file that only calls
+~modus-themes-theme~. This manual covers everything in detail with
+examples that can be copy-pasted directly, both for private use or to
+create a new package ([[#h:bd47fea9-416d-481e-a504-82850b8c2a58][Complete example of a Modus derivative theme]]).
 
 #+findex: modus-themes-theme
 #+vindex: modus-themes-registered-items
-A new theme exists in a file whose directory is in the ~custom-theme-load-path~.
+A theme exists in a file whose directory is in the ~custom-theme-load-path~.
 The theme file is named =NAME-theme.el=. For example, the ~modus-operandi~
 theme is in the file =modus-operandi-theme.el=. A theme object can be
 instantiated with the function ~modus-themes-theme~. This function takes care to
@@ -4272,11 +4293,667 @@ Custom faces passed in this way can still define their semantic
 palette mappings, as illustrated herein where ~border-mode-line-active~
 corresponds to some named color in the palette of the active theme.
 
+** Complete example of a Modus derivative theme
+:PROPERTIES:
+:CUSTOM_ID: h:bd47fea9-416d-481e-a504-82850b8c2a58
+:END:
+
+[ For more context: [[#h:86eb375b-9be4-43ce-879a-0686a524a63b][Build on top of the Modus themes]]. ]
+
+In this section, we show how to define a new Modus derivative theme.
+In its simplest form, a theme is a file called =NAME-theme.el= in a
+directory that is part of the ~custom-theme-load-path~. We show how to
+do this for a package and for a private configuration:
+
+- [[#h:f2757848-ea41-4cd7-a04d-7e650555a59b][Complete example of a package that is derived from Modus]]
+- [[#h:48e391a6-831b-48ec-b92d-4e7e6871b043][Complete example of a private theme derived from Modus]]
+
+*** Complete example of a package that is derived from Modus
+:PROPERTIES:
+:CUSTOM_ID: h:f2757848-ea41-4cd7-a04d-7e650555a59b
+:END:
+
+For package developers, the following snippet needs to be included in
+each theme file ([[#h:48e391a6-831b-48ec-b92d-4e7e6871b043][Complete example of a private theme derived from Modus]]):
+
+#+begin_src emacs-lisp
+;;;; Add themes from this package to the `custom-theme-load-path'
+
+;;;###autoload
+(when load-file-name
+  (let ((dir (file-name-directory load-file-name)))
+      (add-to-list 'custom-theme-load-path dir)))
+#+end_src
+
+If the package provides many themes, then the above snippet can be
+included in a shared file that is then loaded via ~require~ in the
+individual theme files.
+
+For example, the family of themes that includes =prot-light-theme.el=
+and =prot-dark-theme.el= has a shared library which is
+=prot-themes.el= and therein we find at least the following:
+
+#+begin_src emacs-lisp
+;; Package headers here for prot-themes.el...
+
+;; Any other shared definitions...
+
+;;;; Add themes from this package to the `custom-theme-load-path'
+
+;;;###autoload
+(when load-file-name
+  (let ((dir (file-name-directory load-file-name)))
+      (add-to-list 'custom-theme-load-path dir)))
+
+(provide 'prot-themes)
+;;; prot-themes.el ends here
+#+end_src
+
+Then each individual theme can look like this ([[#h:ca3031b5-5f7a-46d4-bc83-e84e8bed038c][Complete example of a custom theme with its own palette]]):
+
+#+begin_src emacs-lisp
+(require 'prot-themes)
+
+(modus-themes-theme
+ 'prot-light
+ 'prot-themes
+ "My demo `prot-light' theme."
+ 'light
+ 'modus-operandi-palette
+ nil
+ nil)
+#+end_src
+
+The contents of such a package will be of this form:
+
+- =prot-themes.el= :: Common file with all the shared definitions.
+- =prot-light-theme.el= :: The light theme.
+- =prot-dark-theme.el= :: The dark theme.
+
+The shared file can be skipped if the only piece of common code is
+the aforementioned snippet about the ~custom-theme-load-path~. Simply
+add that snippet to the bottom of each theme file, like this:
+
+#+begin_src emacs-lisp
+(modus-themes-theme
+ 'prot-light
+ 'prot-themes
+ "My demo `prot-light' theme."
+ 'light
+ 'modus-operandi-palette
+ nil
+ nil)
+
+;;;###autoload
+(when load-file-name
+  (let ((dir (file-name-directory load-file-name)))
+      (add-to-list 'custom-theme-load-path dir)))
+#+end_src
+
+The package is then a collection of =NAME-theme.el= files and nothing more.
+
+In principle, a package derived from Modus does not need to define any
+commands or user options. What is shown in this section is enough.
+Packages such as the ~ef-themes~ and ~standard-themes~ are exceptions
+because they existed for years before they were based on Modus and
+must remain backward compatible.
+
+[[#h:6eb0dba7-89cb-4b21-bc5d-97f6b5eb3caa][Arrange to activate your derivative themes]].
+
+*** Complete example of a private theme derived from Modus
+:PROPERTIES:
+:CUSTOM_ID: h:48e391a6-831b-48ec-b92d-4e7e6871b043
+:END:
+
+If your derivative theme is not going to be distributed as a package
+([[#h:f2757848-ea41-4cd7-a04d-7e650555a59b][Complete example of a package that is derived from Modus]]), then
+create a directory where all custom themes are stored and add it to
+the ~custom-theme-load-path~. For example, the =my-custom-themes=
+directory can be included thus somewhere in the Emacs initialization
+file:
+
+#+begin_src emacs-lisp
+(add-to-list 'custom-theme-load-path (locate-user-emacs-file "my-custom-themes/"))
+#+end_src
+
+The function ~locate-user-emacs-file~ takes care to return a path
+relative to where the user's init file is. If, say, we have
+=~/.emacs.d/init.el= then we get =~/.emacs.d/my-custom-themes/=.
+
+Create the directory in that path. Then for each derivative Modus
+theme, write a new file of the form =NAME-theme.el=. If, for instance,
+your theme is named =prot-light= the file is called =prot-light-theme.el=.
+
+At minimum, the contents of a theme file are these ([[#h:ca3031b5-5f7a-46d4-bc83-e84e8bed038c][Complete example of a custom theme with its own palette]]):
+
+#+begin_src emacs-lisp
+(modus-themes-theme
+ 'prot-light
+ 'prot-themes
+ "My demo `prot-light' theme."
+ 'light
+ 'modus-operandi-palette
+ nil
+ nil)
+#+end_src
+
+[[#h:6eb0dba7-89cb-4b21-bc5d-97f6b5eb3caa][Arrange to activate your derivative themes]].
+
+*** Complete example of a custom theme with its own palette
+:PROPERTIES:
+:CUSTOM_ID: h:ca3031b5-5f7a-46d4-bc83-e84e8bed038c
+:END:
+
+It is a good idea for a derivative theme to use as its core palette
+one of those defined in the ~modus-themes~, such as ~modus-operandi-palette~.
+This guarantees that all core palette definitions are inherited by the
+derivative theme.
+
+The derivative may then add its own colors to the user palette, which
+will override the core palette in such of a conflict ([[#h:f4d4b71b-2ca5-4c3d-b0b4-9bfd7aa7fb4d][Preview theme colors]]).
+
+The core and user palettes are among the arguments passed to the
+~modus-themes-theme~ functions, as explained elsewhere in this manual
+([[#h:86eb375b-9be4-43ce-879a-0686a524a63b][Build on top of the Modus themes]]).
+
+In the following example, we are defining the ~prot-light~ theme in
+the =prot-light-theme.el= file. This theme declares itself as
+belonging to the =prot-themes= family. It is based on the
+~modus-operandi-palette~ but then defines its own palette, the
+~prot-light-palette~ with entries that take precedence over whatever
+equivalent is in the ~modus-operandi-palette~.
+
+#+begin_src emacs-lisp
+(defvar prot-light-palette
+  '((cursor "#ff0000")
+    (bg-main "#f0e0d0")
+    (fg-main "#202020"))
+  "Like `modus-operandi-palette'.")
+
+(modus-themes-theme
+ 'prot-light
+ 'prot-themes
+ "My demo `prot-light' theme."
+ 'light
+ 'modus-operandi-palette
+ 'prot-light-palette
+ nil)
+#+end_src
+
+The above is a complete theme which is like ~modus-operandi~ except
+for those three color definitions specified in the ~prot-light-palette~.
+There is no limit to how comprehensive the user palette is.
+
+Depending on the requirements, this theme can make itself further
+customizable by the end user via theme-specific palette overrides. In
+this case, we have the addition of a user option, which we could call
+anything though it makes sense to name it consistently like ~prot-light-palette-overrides~.
+
+#+begin_src emacs-lisp
+(defvar prot-light-palette
+  '((cursor "#ff0000")
+    (bg-main "#f0e0d0")
+    (fg-main "#202020"))
+  "Like `modus-operandi-palette'.")
+
+(defcustom prot-light-palette-overrides nil
+  "Overrides for the `prot-light' theme."
+  :type '(repeat (list symbol (choice symbol string)))
+  :link '(info-link "(modus-themes) Palette overrides"))
+
+(modus-themes-theme
+ 'prot-light
+ 'prot-themes
+ "My demo `prot-light' theme."
+ 'light
+ 'modus-operandi-palette
+ 'prot-light-palette
+ 'prot-light-palette-overrides)
+#+end_src
+
+In the above example, we have our ~prot-light~ theme which is like
+~modus-operandi~ except three colors and which can now be customized
+further by the user via the ~prot-light-palette-overrides~ ([[#h:34c7a691-19bb-4037-8d2f-67a07edab150][Option for palette overrides]]).
+
+Finally, a derivative theme can specify its own settings for custom
+faces and variables. This is generally not needed, but is provided as
+an option for maximum flexibility. In the following example, the
+~prot-light~ theme has its own face definitions in addition to all the
+aforementioned:
+
+#+begin_src emacs-lisp
+(defvar prot-light-palette
+  '((cursor "#ff0000")
+    (bg-main "#f0e0d0")
+    (fg-main "#202020"))
+  "Like `modus-operandi-palette'.")
+
+(defcustom prot-light-palette-overrides nil
+  "Overrides for the `prot-light' theme."
+  :type '(repeat (list symbol (choice symbol string)))
+  :link '(info-link "(modus-themes) Palette overrides"))
+
+(defvar prot-light-custom-faces
+  '(
+    `(region ((,c :background ,bg-ochre :foreground ,unspecified :extend nil)))
+    `(font-lock-keyword-face ((,c :inherit italic :foreground ,keyword))))
+  "Custom faces that deviate from---or complement---those in the Modus themes.")
+
+(modus-themes-theme
+ 'prot-light
+ 'prot-themes
+ "My demo `prot-light' theme."
+ 'light
+ 'modus-operandi-palette
+ 'prot-light-palette
+ 'prot-light-palette-overrides
+ 'prot-light-custom-faces)
+#+end_src
+
+The custom faces can name a color from the given theme's palette. In
+this example, =bg-ochre= comes from the ~modus-operandi-palette~
+though it would work the same way if, say, ~prot-light-palette~
+defined ~bg-soil~ and then referenced it in ~prot-light-custom-faces~.
+
+[[#h:6eb0dba7-89cb-4b21-bc5d-97f6b5eb3caa][Arrange to activate your derivative themes]].
+
+*** Complete example that also uses ~modus-themes-generate-palette~
+:PROPERTIES:
+:CUSTOM_ID: h:3a7ede17-f0d4-4322-8e69-1804ed69012b
+:END:
+#+cindex: Easily define a fully fledged Modus palette
+
+The guide herein is of use to those who plan to create their own
+derivative themes ([[#h:48e391a6-831b-48ec-b92d-4e7e6871b043][Complete example of a private theme derived from Modus]]).
+
+The ~modus-themes-generate-palette~ defines a fully flegded Modus
+palette that can be passed to ~modus-themes-theme~ without necessarily
+depending on any of the core Modus palettes. I will walk you through
+the steps of working with something like the following code block.
+
+[ We use color values from Solarized as an example for the rest of
+  this entry, naming them according to our conventions. ]
+
+#+begin_src emacs-lisp
+(defvar modus-solarized-dark-palette
+  (modus-themes-generate-palette
+   '((bg-main "#073642")
+     (fg-main "#EEE8D5")
+     (red "#DC322F")
+     (green "#859900")
+     (yellow "#B58900")
+     (blue "#268BD2")
+     (magenta "#D33682")
+     (cyan "#2AA198"))))
+
+(modus-themes-theme
+ 'modus-solarized-dark
+ 'modus-solarized-themes
+ "Sample of a basic Solarized port."
+ 'dark
+ 'modus-solarized-dark-palette
+ nil
+ nil)
+#+end_src
+
+The Modus themes define hundreds of entries in their palette. Some are
+named colors while others are semantic mappings ([[#h:34c7a691-19bb-4037-8d2f-67a07edab150][Option for palette overrides]]).
+
+This gives users maximum control via overrides, though comes at the
+considerable cost of making it harder to derive a custom palette from
+a small set of colors. Color schemes, which are not themes in the
+sense of ensuring consistency across all elements and interfaces, will
+typically provide 8 or 16 colors. This is the case with terminal
+emulators. For example, the widely known Solarized theme, originally
+designed by Ethan Schoonover, defines 16 colors for terminal
+emulators. Nothing else. Thus a hypothetical Modus+Solarized cannot
+work without knowing how to complement the base with all the extra
+color definitions.
+
+#+findex: modus-themes-generate-palette
+This is where the function ~modus-themes-generate-palette~ comes in.
+In broad terms, it is meant to be used as a starting point. The user
+may then decide which results need further tweaking. But at least they
+will have something to create a fully fledged Modus palette right
+away.
+
+The minimum ~modus-themes-generate-palette~ needs is a list of
+=BASE-COLORS=. Each element is of the form =(NAME VALUE)= where =NAME=
+is a symbol and =VALUE= is a string with a hexadecimal RGB color value
+or a string with a name of a color among those listed in the output of
+the command ~list-colors-display~.
+
+The =BASE-COLORS= can be as short as follows:
+
+#+begin_src emacs-lisp
+;; All missing palette entries will be derived automatically.  This
+;; will return a COMPLETE Modus themes palette.
+(modus-themes-generate-palette
+ '((bg-main "#073642")
+   (fg-main "#EEE8D5")))
+#+end_src
+
+The only two mandatory entries in =BASE-COLORS= are =bg-main= and
+=fg-main= as shown above. In this scenario, the derived palette will
+get the job done, but will be very close to what Modus defines. The
+more we add to the =BASE-COLORS=, the more well defined the character
+of the new palette will be. For example:
+
+#+begin_src emacs-lisp
+(modus-themes-generate-palette
+ ;; The two base colors of Solarized, plus most of its accents.
+ '((bg-main "#073642")
+   (fg-main "#EEE8D5")
+   (red "#DC322F")
+   (green "#859900")
+   (yellow "#B58900")
+   (blue "#268BD2")
+   (magenta "#D33682")
+   (cyan "#2AA198")))
+#+end_src
+
+This is already going to be a tolerable port of Solarized. If the
+=BASE-COLORS= provides =bg-main=, =fg-main=, and the six hues of
+=red=, =green=, =yellow=, =blue=, =magenta=, =cyan=, we will get a new
+palette that has no trace of the color values implemented by core
+Modus. Though we can go further and greatly improve the results.
+
+#+vindex: modus-themes-operandi-palette
+#+vindex: modus-themes-vivendi-palette
+The ~modus-themes-generate-palette~ will internally calculate colors
+based on what it receives. Anything missing will be taken from a core
+Modus palette, depending on the value of =bg-main=: if it is light,
+then the ~modus-themes-operandi-palette~ is used, otherwise it is
+~modus-themes-vivendi-palette~. If all six of the aforementioned hues
+are present, the ~modus-themes-generate-palette~ will not calculate
+any more color values. It will use those to derive the relevant
+permutations (e.g. blue backgrounds from the =blue= we give it).
+
+What also plays a role in the interal calculations is whether
+=bg-main= is a =cool= or =warm= color, meaning whether it is closer to
+blue or red, respectively. Internally, =cool= and =warm= influence the
+kind of color values and semantic mappings that will go into the new
+palette. To this end, the ~modus-themes-generate-palette~ accepts an
+optional parameter called =COOL-OR-WARM-PREFERENCE=. This is a
+preference for the symbol =cool= or =warm=: it make the decision
+explicit.
+
+For example, Solarized can swap the values of =bg-main= and =fg-main=
+to switch between its light and dark implementations (I understand
+this is a smart trick for terminal emulators, but is otherwise not
+good enough for thematic consistency as some accent values look
+out-of-place and the contrasts vary considerably). The light color
+Solarized uses is inherently =warm= (yellowish color means it is
+closer to red than blue) while the dark color is =cool=, due to it
+being closer to pure blue. Users may wish to experiment with a
+deviation from what would have been the default output, such that the
+dark blue when used as a background actually combines with warmer
+foreground hues, while the light cream background goes together with
+cooler foreground values. Thus:
+
+#+begin_src emacs-lisp
+(modus-themes-generate-palette
+ '((bg-main "#073642") ; normally this is a `cool' theme
+   (fg-main "#EEE8D5")
+   (red "#DC322F")
+   (green "#859900")
+   (yellow "#B58900")
+   (blue "#268BD2")
+   (magenta "#D33682")
+   (cyan "#2AA198"))
+ 'warm) ; but we want to use it with `warm' foregrounds
+
+;; And here is the inverse of the above, now with the light version of
+;; Solarized.
+(modus-themes-generate-palette
+ '((bg-main "#EEE8D5") ; normally this is a `warm' theme
+   (fg-main "#073642")
+   (red "#DC322F")
+   (green "#859900")
+   (yellow "#B58900")
+   (blue "#268BD2")
+   (magenta "#D33682")
+   (cyan "#2AA198"))
+ 'cool) ; but we want to use it with `cool' foregrounds
+#+end_src
+
+This is now getting better, but we can go further. At this point users
+should be able to do the common work of taking a color scheme that was
+originally designed for terminal emulators and quickly turning it into
+a fully fledged Modus palette. All they need is to follow the naming
+convention for =bg-main=, =fg-main=, and then
+={red,green,yellow,blue,magenta,cyan}{,-warmer,-cooler}=. Preview a
+palette to get the complete list ([[#h:f4d4b71b-2ca5-4c3d-b0b4-9bfd7aa7fb4d][Preview theme colors]]). And, again,
+remember that not all colors need to be defined in =BASE-COLORS= (e.g.
+we could leave out ~magenta-cooler~ if we do not care about it).
+
+The next optional parameter of ~modus-themes-generate-palette~ is the
+=CORE-PALETTE= it should use. This is to make explicit the decision
+that is otherwise handled internally on whether to fill in any missing
+palette entries from Modus Operandi or Modus Vivendi (or their tinted
+variants if =warm= is the preference).
+
+The =CORE-PALETTE= is the symbol of a variable whose value is a
+palette, like ~modus-themes-operandi-palette~. Normally, users do not
+need to ever set =CORE-PALETTE=. The only two scenaria where this is
+likely helpful is (i) the theme is optimized for red-green or
+blue-yellow color deficiency, in which case one of the Modus palettes
+for deuteranopia and tritanopia is needed, or (ii) the user wants to
+use a palette from a Modus derivative theme, such as my ~ef-themes~
+and ~standard-themes~. In the latter scenario, users need to take care
+to either copy the palette they want to use or, anyhow, ~load~ the
+relevant files.
+
+In the interest of clarity, here is how the =CORE-PALETTE= is passed,
+but, again, users probably should leave this to ~nil~:
+
+#+begin_src emacs-lisp
+(modus-themes-generate-palette
+ ;; The two base colors of Solarized, plus all its accents.
+ '((bg-main "#073642")
+   (fg-main "#EEE8D5")
+   (red "#DC322F")
+   (green "#859900")
+   (yellow "#B58900")
+   (blue "#268BD2")
+   (magenta "#D33682")
+   (cyan "#2AA198"))
+ nil ; COOL-OR-WARM-PREFERENCE is derived internally based on `bg-main'
+ 'modus-themes-vivendi-tritanopia-palette) ; we specifically want this as our CORE-PALETTE
+#+end_src
+
+With core Modus palettes, the =CORE-PALETTE= should not make much of a
+difference. Though a completely custom Modus derivative, like one of
+the ~ef-themes~, will be defining colors values that differ
+substantially from those of core Modus, as well as completely
+different semantic mappings.
+
+Finally, ~modus-themes-generate-palette~ has an optional =MAPPINGS=
+parameter. This is a list of semantic mappings where each entry is of
+the form =(NAME OTHER-NAME)= ([[#h:34c7a691-19bb-4037-8d2f-67a07edab150][Option for palette overrides]]). The
+=NAME= has the same meaning as for the =BASE-COLORS= we have been
+examining all along, while =OTHER-NAME= is the symbol of another
+=NAME= that exists in the palette, hence the mapping. This manual
+contains lots of examples along those lines ([[#h:df1199d8-eaba-47db-805d-6b568a577bf3][DIY Stylistic variants using palette overrides]]).
+For our purposes, we will modify some of the obvious elements of the
+theme, namely, the cursor, mode lines, current line highlight,
+matching parentheses, and active region.
+
+#+begin_src emacs-lisp
+(modus-themes-generate-palette
+   '((bg-main "#073642")
+     (fg-main "#EEE8D5")
+     (red "#DC322F")
+     (green "#859900")
+     (yellow "#B58900")
+     (blue "#268BD2")
+     (magenta "#D33682")
+     (cyan "#2AA198"))
+   nil
+   nil
+   ;; And here are our MAPPINGS where we can specify what values apply
+   ;; to which semantic color.  The `modus-themes-list-colors' shows
+   ;; them all.
+   ;;
+   ;; Note that in our BASE-COLORS above we never wrote what, say,
+   ;; `magenta-warmer' is: it is derived programmatically from the
+   ;; `magenta' we have there.  Absent that, it would be taken from
+   ;; the CORE-PALETTE.
+   '((cursor magenta-warmer)
+     (bg-hl-line bg-blue-nuanced)
+     (bg-paren-match bg-magenta-subtle)
+     (bg-region bg-blue-intense)
+     (fg-region fg-dim)
+     (bg-mode-line-active bg-blue-nuanced)
+     (fg-mode-line-active blue-warmer)
+     (border-mode-line-active blue-cooler)))
+#+end_src
+
+The =MAPPINGS= can be as long as the user needs. Whatever is defined
+here will take precedence of what the =CORE-PALETTE= (or its
+internally derived equivalent) provides. At most, users can have a
+completely custom palette. Though I expect that this will not be done
+at the outset, but only after a long process of experimentation (if
+you already knew how to do this, ~modus-themes-generate-palette~ would
+not be of real value). The point is to start with something that works
+and then refine it one small step at a time.
+
+We are now ready to try our Solarized themes, using the example of
+doing this in our private configuration ([[#h:f2757848-ea41-4cd7-a04d-7e650555a59b][Complete example of a package that is derived from Modus]]).
+
+- Create two files, one is called =modus-solarized-dark-theme.el= (or
+  however you want to identify it, but always keep =-theme.el= at the
+  end) and the other is =modus-solarized-light-theme=.
+
+- Add their directory to the ~custom-theme-load-path~, like
+  ~(add-to-list 'custom-theme-load-path "~/.emacs.d/custom-themes/")~.
+
+- Use the minimal code from the following two blocks to create your
+  new themes.
+
+- Optionally activate ~modus-themes-include-derivatives-mode~ to have
+  all Modus commands recognize your themes.
+
+- Load your themes with ~load-theme~.
+
+- Enjoy!
+
+#+begin_src emacs-lisp
+;; Modus+Solarized dark
+(defvar modus-solarized-dark-palette
+  (modus-themes-generate-palette
+   ;; We provide the two base colors of Solarized, plus most of its
+   ;; accents.  These form the BASE-COLORS we pass as an argument.
+   ;; All other color values come from those.  The BASE-COLORS here
+   ;; are enough to generate a new palatte that has no traces of, say,
+   ;; the `modus-vivendi' color values.
+   '((bg-main "#073642")
+     (fg-main "#EEE8D5")
+     (red "#DC322F")
+     (green "#859900")
+     (yellow "#B58900")
+     (blue "#268BD2")
+     (magenta "#D33682")
+     (cyan "#2AA198"))
+   ;; The COOL-OR-WARM-PREFERENCE is derived internally based on
+   ;; `bg-main'.  We can pass it here if we feel strongly about it.
+   nil
+   ;; If we need to specify the CORE-PALETTE from where to inherit any
+   ;; missing colors and/or semantic mappings, we can give it here.
+   ;; Though nil is the appropriate starting point, as the code will
+   ;; handle things internally.
+   nil
+   ;; And here are our MAPPINGS where we can specify what values apply
+   ;; to which semantic color.  The `modus-themes-list-colors' shows
+   ;; them all.
+   ;;
+   ;; Note that in our BASE-COLORS above we never wrote what, say,
+   ;; `magenta-warmer' is: it is derived programmatically from the
+   ;; `magenta' we have there.  Absent that, it would be taken from
+   ;; the CORE-PALETTE.
+   '((cursor magenta-warmer)
+     (bg-hl-line bg-blue-nuanced)
+     (bg-paren-match bg-magenta-subtle)
+     (bg-region bg-blue-intense)
+     (fg-region fg-dim)
+     (bg-mode-line-active bg-blue-nuanced)
+     (fg-mode-line-active blue-warmer)
+     (border-mode-line-active blue-cooler))))
+
+(modus-themes-theme
+ 'modus-solarized-dark
+ 'modus-solarized-themes
+ "Sample of a basic Solarized dark port."
+ 'dark
+ 'modus-solarized-dark-palette
+ nil
+ nil)
+#+end_src
+
+And the light variant:
+
+#+begin_src emacs-lisp
+;; Modus+Solarized light
+(defvar modus-solarized-light-palette
+  (modus-themes-generate-palette
+   ;; We provide the two base colors of Solarized, plus most of its
+   ;; accents.  These form the BASE-COLORS we pass as an argument.
+   ;; All other color values come from those.  The BASE-COLORS here
+   ;; are enough to generate a new palatte that has no traces of, say,
+   ;; the `modus-operandi' color values.
+   '((bg-main "#EEE8D5")
+     (fg-main "#073642")
+     (red "#DC322F")
+     (green "#859900")
+     (yellow "#B58900")
+     (blue "#268BD2")
+     (magenta "#D33682")
+     (cyan "#2AA198"))
+   ;; The COOL-OR-WARM-PREFERENCE is derived internally based on
+   ;; `bg-main'.  We can pass it here if we feel strongly about it.
+   nil
+   ;; If we need to specify the CORE-PALETTE from where to inherit any
+   ;; missing colors and/or semantic mappings, we can give it here.
+   ;; Though nil is the appropriate starting point, as the code will
+   ;; handle things internally.
+   nil
+   ;; And here are our MAPPINGS where we can specify what values apply
+   ;; to which semantic color.  The `modus-themes-list-colors' shows
+   ;; them all.
+   ;;
+   ;; Note that in our BASE-COLORS above we never wrote what, say,
+   ;; `magenta-warmer' is: it is derived programmatically from the
+   ;; `magenta' we have there.  Absent that, it would be taken from
+   ;; the CORE-PALETTE.
+   '((cursor yellow-warmer)
+     (bg-hl-line bg-red-nuanced)
+     (bg-paren-match bg-green-subtle)
+     (bg-region bg-blue-intense)
+     (fg-region fg-dim)
+     (bg-mode-line-active bg-yellow-subtle)
+     (fg-mode-line-active yellow-cooler)
+     (border-mode-line-active yellow-warmer))))
+
+(modus-themes-theme
+ 'modus-solarized-light
+ 'modus-solarized-themes
+ "Sample of a basic Solarized light port."
+ 'light
+ 'modus-solarized-light-palette
+ nil
+ nil)
+#+end_src
+
+[[#h:6eb0dba7-89cb-4b21-bc5d-97f6b5eb3caa][Arrange to activate your derivative themes]].
+
 ** Determine what counts as a Modus theme
 :PROPERTIES:
 :CUSTOM_ID: h:412e3017-81fe-4a95-97a6-225de1867757
 :END:
 
+[ NOTE: Users of many Modus derivatives do not need to do anything of
+  what is described herein. Just enable the ~modus-themes-include-derivatives-mode~. ]
+
 #+findex: modus-themes-get-all-known-themes
 Once the theme is instantiated, it will be listed in the return value
 of the function ~modus-themes-get-all-known-themes~. This function
@@ -4350,6 +5027,9 @@ accordingly."
 :CUSTOM_ID: h:6bfbb4d6-2f23-4d06-827a-8b9a91507a02
 :END:
 
+[ NOTE: Users of many Modus derivatives do not need to do anything of
+  what is described herein. Just enable the ~modus-themes-include-derivatives-mode~. ]
+
 #+findex: modus-themes-define-derivative-command
 In the previous section, we explored the mechanics of the
 ~modus-themes-get-themes~ ([[#h:412e3017-81fe-4a95-97a6-225de1867757][Determine what counts as a Modus theme]]).
@@ -4394,6 +5074,58 @@ because the developer wants to introduce a user option to affect what
 the command is doing), though this approach with the ~cl-letf~ can
 still prove useful.
 
+** Arrange to activate your derivative themes
+:PROPERTIES:
+:CUSTOM_ID: h:6eb0dba7-89cb-4b21-bc5d-97f6b5eb3caa
+:END:
+
+The ~modus-themes-theme~ function is responsible for instantiating a
+theme and registering it for use by the various Modus commands that
+act on a theme ([[#h:86eb375b-9be4-43ce-879a-0686a524a63b][Build on top of the Modus themes]]). Due to how Emacs
+themes are designed to be bound to files, ~modus-themes-theme~ can
+only work if the given theme file is already loaded. Otherwise our
+function is never called and the theme is never created.
+
+To this end, users need to call the function ~modus-themes-activate~
+with each theme they want as an argument. Remember that themes are
+files with a =-theme.el= suffix inside one of the directories listed
+in the value of the variable ~custom-theme-load-path~. In its simplest
+form, the activation looks as follows, assuming the theme's file
+=modus-solarized-dark-theme.el= exists:
+
+#+begin_src emacs-lisp
+(modus-themes-activate 'modus-solarized-dark)
+#+end_src
+
+To load multiple themes at once we can define a function like the
+following:
+
+#+begin_src emacs-lisp
+(defun my-modus-derivatives-activate-themes (directory)
+  "Activate all themes in DIRECTORY.
+This makes all Modus derivatives available to commands such as
+`modus-themes-select' if `modus-themes-include-derivatives-mode' is
+enabled."
+  (let* ((files (directory-files directory :full-path "-theme\\.el"))
+         (names (mapcar
+                 (lambda (file)
+                   (intern (replace-regexp-in-string "-theme\\.el" "" file)))
+                 files)))
+    (mapc #'modus-themes-activate names)))
+#+end_src
+
+Then call it thus:
+
+#+begin_src emacs-lisp
+(my-modus-derivatives-activate-themes "/path/to/my/custom/theme/directory/")
+#+end_src
+
+Again, remember that the directory is in the ~custom-theme-load-path~:
+
+#+begin_src emacs-lisp
+(add-to-list 'custom-theme-load-path "/path/to/my/custom/theme/directory/")
+#+end_src
+
 * Face coverage
 :properties:
 :custom_id: h:a9c8f29d-7f72-4b54-b74b-ddefe15d6a19
@@ -4444,6 +5176,7 @@ have lots of extensions, so the "full support" may not be 100% true…
 + column-enforce-mode
 + company-mode*
 + compilation-mode
++ completion-preview
 + completions
 + consult
 + corfu
@@ -5969,35 +6702,36 @@ The Modus themes are a collective effort.  Every bit of work matters.
   L.{{{space()}}} Contovounesios, Bernd Rellermeyer, Burgess Chang,
   Charlotte Van Petegem, Christian Tietze, Christopher Dimech,
   Christopher League, Damien Cassou, Daniel Mendler, Dario
-  Gjorgjevski, David Edmondson, Davor Rotim, Divan Santana, Eliraz
-  Kedmi, Emanuele Michele Alberto Monterosso, Eshel Yaron, Farasha
-  Euker, Feng Shu, Filippo Argiolas, Gautier Ponsinet, Gerry Agbobada,
-  Gianluca Recchia, Gonçalo Marrafa, Guilherme Semente, Gustavo
-  Barros, Hörmetjan Yiltiz, Ilja Kocken, Imran Khan, Iris Garcia, Ivan
-  Popovych, Jabir Ali Ouassou, James Ferguson, Jeremy Friesen, Jerry
-  Zhang, Johannes Grødem, John Haman, John Sullivan, John Wick, Jonas
-  Collberg, Jorge Morais, Joshua O'Connor, Julio C. Villasante, Kenta
-  Usami, Kevin Fleming, Kévin Le Gouguec, Kevin Kainan Li, Kostadin
-  Ninev, Laith Bahodi, Lasse Lindner, Len Trigg, Lennart
-  C.{{{space()}}} Karssen, Luis Miguel Castañeda, Magne Hov, Manuel
-  Giraud, Manuel Uberti, Mark Bestley, Mark Burton, Mark Simpson,
-  Marko Kocic, Markus Beppler, Matt Armstrong, Matthias Fuchs, Mattias
-  Engdegård, Mauro Aranda, Maxime Tréca, Michael Goldenberg, Morgan
-  Smith, Morgan Willcock, Murilo Pereira, Nicky van Foreest, Nicolas
-  De Jaeghere, Nicolas Semrau, Olaf Meeuwissen, Oliver Epper, Pablo
-  Stafforini, Paul Poloskov, Pengji Zhang, Pete Kazmier, Peter Wu,
-  Philip Kaludercic, Pierre Téchoueyres, Przemysław Kryger, Robert
-  Hepple, Roman Rudakov, Russell Sim, Ryan Phillips, Rytis Paškauskas,
-  Rudolf Adamkovič, Sam Kleinman, Samuel Culpepper, Saša Janiška,
-  Shreyas Ragavan, Simon Pugnet, Stéphane Marks, Steve Downey, Tassilo
-  Horn, Thanos Apollo, Thibaut Verron, Thomas Heartman, Togan
-  Muftuoglu, Tony Zorman, Trey Merkley, Tomasz Hołubowicz, Toon Claes,
-  Uri Sharf, Utkarsh Singh, Vincent Foley, Zoltan Kiraly. As well as
-  users: Ben, CsBigDataHub1, Emacs Contrib, Eugene, Fourchaux,
-  Fredrik, Moesasji, Nick, Summer Emacs, TheBlob42, TitusMu, Trey,
-  bepolymathe, bit9tream, bangedorrunt, case-lambda, chainedghost,
-  derek-upham, doolio, fleimgruber, gitrj95, iSeeU, jixiuf, ltmsyvag,
-  okamsn, pedro-nonfree, pRot0ta1p, shimeike, shipmints, soaringbird,
+  Gjorgjevski, David Edmondson, Davor Rotim, Divan Santana, Dominik
+  Schrempf, Eliraz Kedmi, Emanuele Michele Alberto Monterosso, Eshel
+  Yaron, Farasha Euker, Feng Shu, Filippo Argiolas, Gaston Cabotin,
+  Gautier Ponsinet, Gerry Agbobada, Gianluca Recchia, Gonçalo Marrafa,
+  Guilherme Semente, Gustavo Barros, Hörmetjan Yiltiz, Ilja Kocken,
+  Imran Khan, Iris Garcia, Ivan Popovych, Jabir Ali Ouassou, James
+  Ferguson, JD Smith, Jeremy Friesen, Jerry Zhang, Johannes Grødem,
+  John Haman, John Sullivan, John Wick, Jonas Collberg, Jorge Morais,
+  Joshua O'Connor, Julio C. Villasante, Kenta Usami, Kevin Fleming,
+  Kévin Le Gouguec, Kevin Kainan Li, Kostadin Ninev, Laith Bahodi,
+  Lasse Lindner, Len Trigg, Lennart C.{{{space()}}} Karssen, Luis
+  Miguel Castañeda, Magne Hov, Manuel Giraud, Manuel Uberti, Mark
+  Bestley, Mark Burton, Mark Simpson, Marko Kocic, Markus Beppler,
+  Matt Armstrong, Matthias Fuchs, Mattias Engdegård, Mauro Aranda,
+  Maxime Tréca, Michael Goldenberg, Morgan Smith, Morgan Willcock,
+  Murilo Pereira, Nicky van Foreest, Nicolas De Jaeghere, Nicolas
+  Semrau, Olaf Meeuwissen, Oliver Epper, Pablo Stafforini, Paul
+  Poloskov, Pengji Zhang, Pete Kazmier, Peter Wu, Philip Kaludercic,
+  Pierre Téchoueyres, Przemysław Kryger, Robert Hepple, Roman Rudakov,
+  Roshan Shariff, Russell Sim, Ryan Phillips, Rytis Paškauskas, Rudolf
+  Adamkovič, Sam Kleinman, Samuel Culpepper, Saša Janiška, Shreyas
+  Ragavan, Simon Pugnet, Stéphane Marks, Steve Downey, Tassilo Horn,
+  Thanos Apollo, Thibaut Verron, Thomas Heartman, Togan Muftuoglu,
+  Tony Zorman, Trey Merkley, Tomasz Hołubowicz, Toon Claes, Uri Sharf,
+  Utkarsh Singh, Vincent Foley, Zoltan Kiraly. As well as users: Ben,
+  CsBigDataHub1, Emacs Contrib, Eugene, Fourchaux, Fredrik, Moesasji,
+  Nick, Summer Emacs, TheBlob42, TitusMu, Trey, bepolymathe,
+  bit9tream, bangedorrunt, case-lambda, chainedghost, derek-upham,
+  doolio, fleimgruber, gitrj95, iSeeU, jixiuf, ltmsyvag, okamsn,
+  pedro-nonfree, pRot0ta1p, realazy, shimeike, shipmints, soaringbird,
   tumashu, wakamenod.
 
 + Packaging :: Basil L.{{{space()}}} Contovounesios, Eli Zaretskii,
@@ -6031,7 +6765,7 @@ All errors are my own.
                  Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
 
 
- Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright (C) 2000-2002, 2007-2008, 2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      <https://fsf.org/>
  Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
  of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
diff --git a/doc/misc/newsticker.texi b/doc/misc/newsticker.texi
index 71ba1873d3a..48310dced48 100644
--- a/doc/misc/newsticker.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/newsticker.texi
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ This manual documents Newsticker, a feed reader for Emacs.  It
 corresponds to Emacs version @value{EMACSVER}.
 
 @noindent
-Copyright @copyright{} 2004--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2004--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/nxml-mode.texi b/doc/misc/nxml-mode.texi
index 7371b8ba4f8..c68a0997e07 100644
--- a/doc/misc/nxml-mode.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/nxml-mode.texi
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 This manual documents nXML mode, an Emacs major mode for editing
 XML with RELAX NG support.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2007--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2007--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/octave-mode.texi b/doc/misc/octave-mode.texi
index 6d9472c7b1b..a334f644811 100644
--- a/doc/misc/octave-mode.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/octave-mode.texi
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 @c %**end of header
 
 @copying
-Copyright @copyright{} 1996--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1996--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/org-setup.org b/doc/misc/org-setup.org
index 63cb9a4c654..3519089180c 100644
--- a/doc/misc/org-setup.org
+++ b/doc/misc/org-setup.org
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # SETUPFILE for Org manual
 
-# Copyright (C) 2021-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2021-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #
 # This file is part of GNU Emacs.
 #
diff --git a/doc/misc/org.org b/doc/misc/org.org
index 26cb46cf13c..9f80cf4885e 100644
--- a/doc/misc/org.org
+++ b/doc/misc/org.org
@@ -23031,7 +23031,7 @@ that are mentioned in the manual.  For a more complete list, use
 
 This manual is for Org version {{{version}}}.
 
-Copyright \copy 2004--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright \copy 2004--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 #+begin_quote
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/pcl-cvs.texi b/doc/misc/pcl-cvs.texi
index b6ce91d8a51..7e096a4c753 100644
--- a/doc/misc/pcl-cvs.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/pcl-cvs.texi
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 @c %**end of header
 
 @copying
-Copyright @copyright{} 1991--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1991--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/pgg.texi b/doc/misc/pgg.texi
index f77671cbae6..2e97118d60b 100644
--- a/doc/misc/pgg.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/pgg.texi
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 This file describes PGG @value{VERSION}, an Emacs interface to various
 PGP implementations.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2001, 2003--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2001, 2003--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/rcirc.texi b/doc/misc/rcirc.texi
index 3e0e7d1c92d..aad3b5d4b79 100644
--- a/doc/misc/rcirc.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/rcirc.texi
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 @c %**end of header
 
 @copying
-Copyright @copyright{} 2006--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2006--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/reftex.texi b/doc/misc/reftex.texi
index f0f877d0849..34fdc2fc5ac 100644
--- a/doc/misc/reftex.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/reftex.texi
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This manual documents @RefTeX{} (version @value{VERSION}), a package
 to do labels, references, citations and indices for LaTeX documents
 with Emacs.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 1997--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1997--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/remember.texi b/doc/misc/remember.texi
index a9fcf6e6d48..44d97b75279 100644
--- a/doc/misc/remember.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/remember.texi
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 @copying
 This manual is for Remember Mode, as distributed with Emacs @value{EMACSVER}.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2001, 2004--2005, 2007--2025 Free Software
+Copyright @copyright{} 2001, 2004--2005, 2007--2026 Free Software
 Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
diff --git a/doc/misc/sasl.texi b/doc/misc/sasl.texi
index a9261813948..a67329766a7 100644
--- a/doc/misc/sasl.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/sasl.texi
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 @copying
 This file describes the Emacs SASL library, version @value{VERSION}.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2000, 2004--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2000, 2004--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/sc.texi b/doc/misc/sc.texi
index 36657270737..80fe03f8f53 100644
--- a/doc/misc/sc.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/sc.texi
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 This document describes Supercite, an Emacs package for citing and
 attributing replies to mail and news messages.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 1993, 2001--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1993, 2001--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/sem-user.texi b/doc/misc/sem-user.texi
index cb3238e377e..6ad9eb7cde3 100644
--- a/doc/misc/sem-user.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/sem-user.texi
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the Semantic manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 1999--2005, 2007, 2009--2025 Free Software Foundation,
+@c Copyright (C) 1999--2005, 2007, 2009--2026 Free Software Foundation,
 @c Inc.
 @c See file semantic.texi for copying conditions.
 
diff --git a/doc/misc/semantic.texi b/doc/misc/semantic.texi
index 20cf0cec585..a5ab4574165 100644
--- a/doc/misc/semantic.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/semantic.texi
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 @copying
 This manual documents the Semantic library and utilities.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 1999--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1999--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/ses.texi b/doc/misc/ses.texi
index a52183055cc..d0de5a3c573 100644
--- a/doc/misc/ses.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/ses.texi
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 @copying
 This file documents @acronym{SES}: the Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2002--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2002--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/sieve.texi b/doc/misc/sieve.texi
index deadc991173..35b81f013aa 100644
--- a/doc/misc/sieve.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/sieve.texi
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 @copying
 This file documents the Emacs Sieve package, for server-side mail filtering.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2001--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2001--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/smtpmail.texi b/doc/misc/smtpmail.texi
index 12b4ea41810..28ad7424e93 100644
--- a/doc/misc/smtpmail.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/smtpmail.texi
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 @include docstyle.texi
 @syncodeindex vr fn
 @copying
-Copyright @copyright{} 2003--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2003--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/speedbar.texi b/doc/misc/speedbar.texi
index 18e0a78857d..528eeae5e6a 100644
--- a/doc/misc/speedbar.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/speedbar.texi
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 @syncodeindex fn cp
 
 @copying
-Copyright @copyright{} 1999--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1999--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/srecode.texi b/doc/misc/srecode.texi
index 8e075da8c07..bc52ff63ab9 100644
--- a/doc/misc/srecode.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/srecode.texi
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 @c %**end of header
 
 @copying
-Copyright @copyright{} 2007--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2007--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/texinfo.tex b/doc/misc/texinfo.tex
index 20e4f78b6c9..260bf4a9f80 100644
--- a/doc/misc/texinfo.tex
+++ b/doc/misc/texinfo.tex
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
 \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
 %
-\def\texinfoversion{2025-12-06.19}
+\def\texinfoversion{2025-12-23.13}
 %
 % Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 %
@@ -10435,7 +10435,7 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.}
   \gdefchar^^af{\={}}
   %
   \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree}
-  \gdefchar^^b1{$\pm$}
+  \gdefchar^^b1{\ensuremath\pm}
   \gdefchar^^b2{$^2$}
   \gdefchar^^b3{$^3$}
   \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
@@ -10456,7 +10456,7 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.}
   \gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
   \gdefchar^^c3{\~A}
   \gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
-  \gdefchar^^c5{\ringaccent A}
+  \gdefchar^^c5{\AA}
   \gdefchar^^c6{\AE}
   \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
   \gdefchar^^c8{\`E}
@@ -10475,7 +10475,7 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.}
   \gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
   \gdefchar^^d5{\~O}
   \gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
-  \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
+  \gdefchar^^d7{\ensuremath\times}
   \gdefchar^^d8{\O}
   \gdefchar^^d9{\`U}
   \gdefchar^^da{\'U}
@@ -10490,7 +10490,7 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.}
   \gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
   \gdefchar^^e3{\~a}
   \gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
-  \gdefchar^^e5{\ringaccent a}
+  \gdefchar^^e5{\aa}
   \gdefchar^^e6{\ae}
   \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
   \gdefchar^^e8{\`e}
@@ -10509,7 +10509,7 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.}
   \gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
   \gdefchar^^f5{\~o}
   \gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
-  \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
+  \gdefchar^^f7{\ensuremath\div}
   \gdefchar^^f8{\o}
   \gdefchar^^f9{\`u}
   \gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
@@ -10595,7 +10595,7 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.}
   \gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
   \gdefchar^^d5{\H O}
   \gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
-  \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
+  \gdefchar^^d7{\ensuremath\times}
   \gdefchar^^d8{\v R}
   \gdefchar^^d9{\ringaccent U}
   \gdefchar^^da{\'U}
@@ -10629,7 +10629,7 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.}
   \gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
   \gdefchar^^f5{\H o}
   \gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
-  \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
+  \gdefchar^^f7{\ensuremath\div}
   \gdefchar^^f8{\v r}
   \gdefchar^^f9{\ringaccent u}
   \gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
diff --git a/doc/misc/todo-mode.texi b/doc/misc/todo-mode.texi
index 323fd5ddf32..e22b8495e2e 100644
--- a/doc/misc/todo-mode.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/todo-mode.texi
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 @c %**end of header
 
 @copying
-Copyright @copyright{} 2013--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2013--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/tramp.texi b/doc/misc/tramp.texi
index 7976b1e7cd8..c916588a060 100644
--- a/doc/misc/tramp.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/tramp.texi
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 @footnotestyle end
 
 @copying
-Copyright @copyright{} 1999--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1999--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
@@ -1132,9 +1132,11 @@ an external transfer program.
 External methods save on the overhead of encoding and decoding of
 inline methods.
 
+@vindex tramp-copy-size-limit
 Since external methods have the overhead of opening a new channel,
 files smaller than @code{tramp-copy-size-limit} still use inline
-methods.
+methods.  If an external method is used inside a multi-hop connection
+(@pxref{Multi-hops}), its inherent inline method is used as well.
 
 @table @asis
 @cindex method @option{rcp}
@@ -3176,6 +3178,14 @@ connection cleanup or on Emacs exiting.
 @subsection @option{rclone} setup
 @cindex rclone setup
 
+Check, that your @command{rclone} program is compiled with mount
+support.  Call @samp{rclone mount} and check for an error message.
+
+Sometimes, the saved configuration expires.  In this case, you must
+renew it with the command @samp{rclone config reconnect
+@var{remote}:}, with @var{remote} being the name of your configured
+system storage.
+
 The default arguments of the @command{rclone} operations
 @command{mount}, @command{copyto}, @command{moveto} and
 @command{about} are declared in the variable @code{tramp-methods} as
@@ -3883,7 +3893,7 @@ proxy @samp{bird@@bastion} to a remote file on @samp{you@@remotehost}:
 ssh@value{postfixhop}you@@remotehost@value{postfix}/path @key{RET}}
 @end example
 
-Each involved method must be an inline method (@pxref{Inline methods}).
+Each involved method must be handled by @value{tramp}'s @code{tramp-sh} backend.
 
 @value{tramp} adds the ad-hoc definitions as an ephemeral record to
 @code{tramp-default-proxies-alist}, which are available for reuse
diff --git a/doc/misc/trampver.texi b/doc/misc/trampver.texi
index bfae103a782..6eddd0e71c5 100644
--- a/doc/misc/trampver.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/trampver.texi
@@ -2,12 +2,12 @@
 @c texi/trampver.texi.  Generated from trampver.texi.in by configure.
 
 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2003--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2003--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c See file doclicense.texi for copying conditions.
 
 @c In the  Tramp GIT, the version number and the bug report address
 @c are auto-frobbed from configure.ac.
-@set trampver 2.8.1-pre
+@set trampver 2.8.2-pre
 @set trampurl https://www.gnu.org/software/tramp/
 @set tramp-bug-report-address tramp-devel@@gnu.org
 @set emacsver 28.1
diff --git a/doc/misc/transient.texi b/doc/misc/transient.texi
index d55244d0579..25d0e11fac7 100644
--- a/doc/misc/transient.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/transient.texi
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 @copying
 @quotation
-Copyright (C) 2018--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 2018--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 You can redistribute this document and/or modify it under the terms
 of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
@@ -25,13 +25,13 @@ General Public License for more details.
 
 @dircategory Emacs misc features
 @direntry
-* Transient: (transient). Transient Commands.
+* Transient: (transient).       Transient Commands.
 @end direntry
 
 @finalout
 @titlepage
 @title Transient User and Developer Manual
-@subtitle for version 0.11.0
+@subtitle for version 0.12.0
 @author Jonas Bernoulli
 @page
 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ resource to get over that hurdle is Psionic K's interactive tutorial,
 available at @uref{https://github.com/positron-solutions/transient-showcase}.
 
 @noindent
-This manual is for Transient version 0.11.0.
+This manual is for Transient version 0.12.0.
 
 @insertcopying
 @end ifnottex
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ than outlined above and even customizable.}
 If the user does not save the value and just exits using a regular
 suffix command, then the value is merely saved to the transient's
 history.  That value won't be used when the transient is next invoked,
-but it is easily accessible (see @ref{Using History}).
+but it is easily accessible (@pxref{Using History}).
 
 Option @code{transient-common-command-prefix} controls the prefix key used
 in the following bindings.  For simplicity's sake the default, @kbd{C-x},
@@ -454,8 +454,8 @@ previously used values.  Usually the same keys as those mentioned
 above are bound to those commands.
 
 Authors of transients should arrange for different infix commands that
-read the same kind of value to also use the same history key (see
-@ref{Suffix Slots}).
+read the same kind of value to also use the same history key
+(@pxref{Suffix Slots}).
 
 Both kinds of history are saved to a file when Emacs is exited.
 
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ menu buffer.  The menu buffer is displayed in a window using
 The value of this option has the form @code{(@var{FUNCTION} . @var{ALIST})},
 where @var{FUNCTION} is a function or a list of functions.  Each such
 function should accept two arguments: a buffer to display and an
-alist of the same form as @var{ALIST}.  See @ref{Choosing Window,,,elisp,},
+alist of the same form as @var{ALIST}.  @xref{Choosing Window,,,elisp,},
 for details.
 
 The default is:
@@ -798,8 +798,8 @@ The default is:
 @end lisp
 
 This displays the window at the bottom of the selected frame.
-For alternatives see @ref{Buffer Display Action Functions,,,elisp,},
-and @ref{Buffer Display Action Alists,,,elisp,}.
+For alternatives @xref{Buffer Display Action Functions,,,elisp,},
+and @xref{Buffer Display Action Alists,,,elisp,}.
 
 When you switch to a different ACTION, you should keep the ALIST
 entries for @code{dedicated} and @code{inhibit-same-window} in most cases.
@@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ used to draw the line.
 This user option may be overridden if @code{:mode-line-format} is passed
 when creating a new prefix with @code{transient-define-prefix}.
 
-Otherwise this can be any mode-line format.  See @ref{Mode Line Format,,,elisp,}, for details.
+Otherwise this can be any mode-line format.  @xref{Mode Line Format,,,elisp,}, for details.
 @end defopt
 
 @defopt transient-semantic-coloring
@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ This option controls whether key bindings of infix commands that do
 not match the respective command-line argument should be highlighted.
 For other infix commands this option has no effect.
 
-This is mostly indended for autors of transient menus and disabled
+This is mostly intended for authors of transient menus and disabled
 by default.
 
 When this option is non-@code{nil}, the key binding for an infix argument
@@ -1002,8 +1002,8 @@ That buffer is current and empty when this hook is runs.
 
 @cindex modifying existing transients
 
-To an extent, transients can be customized interactively, see
-@ref{Enabling and Disabling Suffixes}.  This section explains how existing
+To an extent, transients can be customized interactively,
+@xref{Enabling and Disabling Suffixes}.  This section explains how existing
 transients can be further modified non-interactively.  Let's begin
 with an example:
 
@@ -1029,10 +1029,10 @@ which can be included in multiple prefixes.  See TODO@.
 as expected by @code{transient-define-prefix}.  Note that an infix is a
 special kind of suffix.  Depending on context ``suffixes'' means
 ``suffixes (including infixes)'' or ``non-infix suffixes''.  Here it
-means the former.  See @ref{Suffix Specifications}.
+means the former.  @xref{Suffix Specifications}.
 
 @var{SUFFIX} may also be a group in the same form as expected by
-@code{transient-define-prefix}.  See @ref{Group Specifications}.
+@code{transient-define-prefix}.  @xref{Group Specifications}.
 
 @item
 @var{LOC} is a key description (a string as returned by @code{key-description}
@@ -1055,9 +1055,9 @@ the function @code{transient--get-layout}.
 
 These functions operate on the information stored in the
 @code{transient--layout} property of the @var{PREFIX} symbol.  Elements in that
-tree are not objects but have the form @code{(@var{CLASS} @var{PLIST}) for suffixes} and
+tree are not objects but have the form @code{(@var{CLASS} @var{PLIST})} for suffixes and
 @code{[CLASS PLIST CHILDREN]} for groups.  At the root of the tree is an
-element @code{[N Nil CHILDREN]}, where @code{N} is the version of the layout format,
+element @code{[N nil CHILDREN]}, where @code{N} is the version of the layout format,
 currently and hopefully for a long time 2.  While that element looks
 like a group vector, that element does not count when identifying a
 group using a coordinate vector, i.e., @code{[0]} is its first child, not the
@@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ or after @var{LOC}.
 Conceptually adding a binding to a transient prefix is similar to
 adding a binding to a keymap, but this is complicated by the fact
 that multiple suffix commands can be bound to the same key, provided
-they are never active at the same time, see @ref{Predicate Slots}.
+they are never active at the same time, @xref{Predicate Slots}.
 
 Unfortunately both false-positives and false-negatives are possible.
 To deal with the former, use non-@code{nil} @var{KEEP-OTHER@.}  The symbol @code{always}
@@ -1205,14 +1205,14 @@ enabled.  One benefit of the Transient interface is that it remembers
 history not only on a global level (``this command was invoked using
 these arguments, and previously it was invoked using those other
 arguments''), but also remembers the values of individual arguments
-independently.  See @ref{Using History}.
+independently.  @xref{Using History}.
 
 After a transient prefix command is invoked, @kbd{C-h @var{KEY}} can be used to
 show the documentation for the infix or suffix command that @kbd{@var{KEY}} is
-bound to (see @ref{Getting Help for Suffix Commands}), and infixes and
+bound to (@pxref{Getting Help for Suffix Commands}), and infixes and
 suffixes can be removed from the transient using @kbd{C-x l @var{KEY}}.  Infixes
 and suffixes that are disabled by default can be enabled the same way.
-See @ref{Enabling and Disabling Suffixes}.
+@xref{Enabling and Disabling Suffixes}.
 
 Transient ships with support for a few different types of specialized
 infix commands.  A command that sets a command line option, for example,
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ explicitly.
 
 @var{GROUP}s add key bindings for infix and suffix commands and specify
 how these bindings are presented in the menu buffer.  At least one
-@var{GROUP} has to be specified.  See @ref{Binding Suffix and Infix Commands}.
+@var{GROUP} has to be specified.  @xref{Binding Suffix and Infix Commands}.
 
 The @var{BODY} is optional.  If it is omitted, then @var{ARGLIST} is ignored and
 the function definition becomes:
@@ -1314,11 +1314,13 @@ GROUPs have the same form as for @code{transient-define-prefix}.
 @section Binding Suffix and Infix Commands
 
 The macro @code{transient-define-prefix} is used to define a transient.
-This defines the actual transient prefix command (see @ref{Defining Transients}) and adds the transient's infix and suffix bindings, as
+This defines the actual transient prefix command (@pxref{Defining
+Transients}) and adds the transient's infix and suffix bindings, as
 described below.
 
 Users and third-party packages can add additional bindings using
-functions such as @code{transient-insert-suffix} (see @ref{Modifying Existing Transients}).  These functions take a ``suffix specification'' as one of
+functions such as @code{transient-insert-suffix} (@pxref{Modifying Existing Transients}).
+These functions take a ``suffix specification'' as one of
 their arguments, which has the same form as the specifications used in
 @code{transient-define-prefix}.
 
@@ -1334,7 +1336,7 @@ for a set of suffixes.
 
 Several group classes exist, some of which organize suffixes in
 subgroups.  In most cases the class does not have to be specified
-explicitly, but see @ref{Group Classes}.
+explicitly, but @xref{Group Classes}.
 
 Groups are specified in the call to @code{transient-define-prefix}, using
 vectors.  Because groups are represented using vectors, we cannot use
@@ -1344,10 +1346,13 @@ brackets to do the latter.
 Group specifications then have this form:
 
 @lisp
-[@{LEVEL@} @{DESCRIPTION@} @{KEYWORD VALUE@}... ELEMENT...]
+[@{@var{LEVEL}@} @{@var{DESCRIPTION}@}
+ @{@var{KEYWORD} @var{VALUE}@}...
+ @var{ELEMENT}...]
 @end lisp
 
-The @var{LEVEL} is optional and defaults to 4.  See @ref{Enabling and Disabling Suffixes}.
+The @var{LEVEL} is optional and defaults to 4.  @xref{Enabling and
+Disabling Suffixes}.
 
 The @var{DESCRIPTION} is optional.  If present, it is used as the heading of
 the group.
@@ -1378,7 +1383,7 @@ useful while rebase is already in progress; and another that uses
 initiate a rebase.
 
 These predicates can also be used on individual suffixes and are
-only documented once, see @ref{Predicate Slots}.
+only documented once, @xref{Predicate Slots}.
 
 @item
 The value of @code{:hide}, if non-@code{nil}, is a predicate that controls
@@ -1483,13 +1488,13 @@ The form of suffix specifications is documented in the next node.
 @cindex suffix specifications
 
 A transient's suffix and infix commands are bound when the transient
-prefix command is defined using @code{transient-define-prefix}, see
-@ref{Defining Transients}.  The commands are organized into groups, see
-@ref{Group Specifications}.  Here we describe the form used to bind an
+prefix command is defined using @code{transient-define-prefix},
+@xref{Defining Transients}.  The commands are organized into groups,
+@xref{Group Specifications}.  Here we describe the form used to bind an
 individual suffix command.
 
 The same form is also used when later binding additional commands
-using functions such as @code{transient-insert-suffix}, see @ref{Modifying Existing Transients}.
+using functions such as @code{transient-insert-suffix}, @xref{Modifying Existing Transients}.
 
 Note that an infix is a special kind of suffix.  Depending on context
 ``suffixes'' means ``suffixes (including infixes)'' or ``non-infix
@@ -1498,7 +1503,9 @@ suffixes''.  Here it means the former.
 Suffix specifications have this form:
 
 @lisp
-([LEVEL] [KEY [DESCRIPTION]] COMMAND|ARGUMENT [KEYWORD VALUE]...)
+([@var{LEVEL}]
+ [@var{KEY} [@var{DESCRIPTION}]]
+ @var{COMMAND}|@var{ARGUMENT} [@var{KEYWORD} @var{VALUE}]...)
 @end lisp
 
 @var{LEVEL}, @var{KEY} and @var{DESCRIPTION} can also be specified using the @var{KEYWORD}s
@@ -1509,8 +1516,8 @@ the object's values just for the binding inside this transient.
 
 @itemize
 @item
-@var{LEVEL} is the suffix level, an integer between 1 and 7.  See
-@ref{Enabling and Disabling Suffixes}.
+@var{LEVEL} is the suffix level, an integer between 1 and 7.
+@xref{Enabling and Disabling Suffixes}.
 
 @item
 KEY is the key binding, a string in the format returned by
@@ -1584,7 +1591,7 @@ guessed based on the long argument.  If the argument ends with @samp{=}
 
 Finally, details can be specified using optional @var{KEYWORD}-@var{VALUE} pairs.
 Each keyword has to be a keyword symbol, either @code{:class} or a keyword
-argument supported by the constructor of that class.  See @ref{Suffix Slots}.
+argument supported by the constructor of that class.  @xref{Suffix Slots}.
 
 If a keyword argument accepts a function as value, you an use a @code{lambda}
 expression.  As a special case, the @code{##} macro (which returns a @code{lambda}
@@ -1702,7 +1709,7 @@ should be used.
 @end defun
 
 @defun transient-get-value
-This function returns the value of the erant prefix.
+This function returns the value of the extant prefix.
 
 This function is intended to be used when setting up a menu and its
 suffixes.  It is not intended to be used when a suffix command is
@@ -1934,8 +1941,8 @@ means that all outer prefixes are exited at once.
 @item
 The behavior for non-suffixes can be set for a particular prefix,
 by the prefix's @code{transient-non-suffix} slot to a boolean, a suitable
-pre-command function, or a shorthand for such a function.  See
-@ref{Pre-commands for Non-Suffixes}.
+pre-command function, or a shorthand for such a function.
+@xref{Pre-commands for Non-Suffixes}.
 
 @item
 The common behavior for the suffixes of a particular prefix can be
@@ -2260,7 +2267,7 @@ Transient itself provides a single class for prefix commands,
 @code{transient-prefix}, but package authors may wish to define specialized
 classes.  Doing so makes it possible to change the behavior of the set
 of prefix commands that use that class, by implementing specialized
-methods for certain generic functions (see @ref{Prefix Methods}).
+methods for certain generic functions (@pxref{Prefix Methods}).
 
 A transient prefix command's object is stored in the @code{transient--prefix}
 property of the command symbol.  While a transient is active, a clone
@@ -2275,7 +2282,7 @@ object should not affect later invocations.
 @item
 All suffix and infix classes derive from @code{transient-suffix}, which in
 turn derives from @code{transient-child}, from which @code{transient-group} also
-derives (see @ref{Group Classes}).
+derives (@pxref{Group Classes}).
 
 @item
 All infix classes derive from the abstract @code{transient-infix} class,
@@ -2283,13 +2290,13 @@ which in turn derives from the @code{transient-suffix} class.
 
 Infixes are a special type of suffixes.  The primary difference is
 that infixes always use the @code{transient--do-stay} pre-command, while
-non-infix suffixes use a variety of pre-commands (see @ref{Transient State}).  Doing that is most easily achieved by using this class,
+non-infix suffixes use a variety of pre-commands (@pxref{Transient State}).  Doing that is most easily achieved by using this class,
 though theoretically it would be possible to define an infix class
 that does not do so.  If you do that then you get to implement many
 methods.
 
 Also, infixes and non-infix suffixes are usually defined using
-different macros (see @ref{Defining Suffix and Infix Commands}).
+different macros (@pxref{Defining Suffix and Infix Commands}).
 
 @item
 Classes used for infix commands that represent arguments should
@@ -2699,7 +2706,7 @@ secondary value, called a ``scope''.  See @code{transient-define-prefix}.
 @code{transient-suffix}, @code{transient-non-suffix} and @code{transient-switch-frame}
 play a part when determining whether the currently active transient
 prefix command remains active/transient when a suffix or arbitrary
-non-suffix command is invoked.  See @ref{Transient State}.
+non-suffix command is invoked.  @xref{Transient State}.
 
 @item
 @code{refresh-suffixes} Normally suffix objects and keymaps are only setup
@@ -2781,7 +2788,7 @@ of the same symbol.
 
 @item
 @code{level} The level of the prefix commands.  The suffix commands whose
-layer is equal or lower are displayed.  See @ref{Enabling and Disabling Suffixes}.
+layer is equal or lower are displayed.  @pxref{Enabling and Disabling Suffixes}.
 
 @item
 @code{value} The likely outdated value of the prefix.  Instead of accessing
@@ -2805,15 +2812,15 @@ Here we document most of the slots that are only available for suffix
 objects.  Some slots are shared by suffix and group objects, they are
 documented in @ref{Predicate Slots}.
 
-Also see @ref{Suffix Classes}.
+Also @xref{Suffix Classes}.
 
 @anchor{Slots of @code{transient-child}}
 @subheading Slots of @code{transient-child}
 
 This is the abstract superclass of @code{transient-suffix} and @code{transient-group}.
-This is where the shared @code{if*} and @code{inapt-if*} slots (see @ref{Predicate Slots}),
-the @code{level} slot (see @ref{Enabling and Disabling Suffixes}), and the @code{advice}
-and @code{advice*} slots (see @ref{Slots of @code{transient-suffix}}) are defined.
+This is where the shared @code{if*} and @code{inapt-if*} slots (@pxref{Predicate Slots}),
+the @code{level} slot (@pxref{Enabling and Disabling Suffixes}), and the @code{advice}
+and @code{advice*} slots (@pxref{Slots of @code{transient-suffix}}) are defined.
 
 @itemize
 @item
@@ -2839,7 +2846,7 @@ which is useful for alignment purposes.
 @code{command} The command, a symbol.
 
 @item
-@code{transient} Whether to stay transient.  See @ref{Transient State}.
+@code{transient} Whether to stay transient.  @xref{Transient State}.
 
 @item
 @code{format} The format used to display the suffix in the menu buffer.
@@ -3063,14 +3070,14 @@ currently cannot be invoked.
 
 By default these predicates run when the prefix command is invoked,
 but this can be changes, using the @code{refresh-suffixes} prefix slot.
-See @ref{Prefix Slots}.
+@xref{Prefix Slots}.
 
 One more slot is shared between group and suffix classes, @code{level}.  Like
 the slots documented above, it is a predicate, but it is used for a
 different purpose.  The value has to be an integer between 1
 and 7.  @code{level} controls whether a suffix or a group should be
 available depending on user preference.
-See @ref{Enabling and Disabling Suffixes}.
+@xref{Enabling and Disabling Suffixes}.
 
 @node FAQ
 @appendix FAQ
diff --git a/doc/misc/url.texi b/doc/misc/url.texi
index b04f0ad0d25..f0b57b975b1 100644
--- a/doc/misc/url.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/url.texi
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 @copying
 This is the manual for the @code{url} Emacs Lisp library.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 1993--1999, 2002, 2004--2025 Free Software
+Copyright @copyright{} 1993--1999, 2002, 2004--2026 Free Software
 Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
diff --git a/doc/misc/use-package.texi b/doc/misc/use-package.texi
index 2e9fd87776a..ac09d25d4a8 100644
--- a/doc/misc/use-package.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/use-package.texi
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 @copying
 This manual is for use-package @value{USEP_VER} @value{USEP_DIST}.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2022--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2022--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/vhdl-mode.texi b/doc/misc/vhdl-mode.texi
index 3a7f3966ca8..df63a85f36b 100644
--- a/doc/misc/vhdl-mode.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/vhdl-mode.texi
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 @copying
 This file documents VHDL Mode, an Emacs mode for editing VHDL code.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 1995--2008, 2010, 2012, 2015--2025 Free Software
+Copyright @copyright{} 1995--2008, 2010, 2012, 2015--2026 Free Software
 Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
diff --git a/doc/misc/viper.texi b/doc/misc/viper.texi
index 6932d29c296..a610527fe47 100644
--- a/doc/misc/viper.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/viper.texi
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 @include docstyle.texi
 
 @copying
-Copyright @copyright{} 1995--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1995--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/vtable.texi b/doc/misc/vtable.texi
index dd2f79512c1..d53c9e8a266 100644
--- a/doc/misc/vtable.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/vtable.texi
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 @copying
 This file documents the GNU vtable.el package.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2022--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2022--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/misc/widget.texi b/doc/misc/widget.texi
index 864489726c8..b7ce3f7a262 100644
--- a/doc/misc/widget.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/widget.texi
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 @c %**end of header
 
 @copying
-Copyright @copyright{} 2000--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2000--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
@@ -785,13 +785,19 @@ The following navigation commands are available:
 
 @table @kbd
 @item @key{TAB}
-@deffn Command widget-forward &optional count
-Move point @var{count} buttons or editing fields forward.
+@deffn Command widget-forward count &optional suppress-echo
+Move point @var{count} buttons or editing fields forward.  The optional
+@var{suppress-echo} argument suppresses showing in the echo-area the
+help-echo text, if any, for the final position after the move; it is
+always @code{nil} in interactive invocations.
 @end deffn
 @item M-@key{TAB}
 @itemx S-@key{TAB}
-@deffn Command widget-backward &optional count
-Move point @var{count} buttons or editing fields backward.
+@deffn Command widget-backward count &optional suppress-echo
+Move point @var{count} buttons or editing fields backward.  The optional
+@var{suppress-echo} argument suppresses showing in the echo-area the
+help-echo text, if any, for the final position after the move; it is
+always @code{nil} in interactive invocations.
 @end deffn
 @end table
 
diff --git a/doc/misc/wisent.texi b/doc/misc/wisent.texi
index b49166b5791..331ae5215a9 100644
--- a/doc/misc/wisent.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/wisent.texi
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 @c %**end of header
 
 @copying
-Copyright @copyright{} 1988--1993, 1995, 1998--2004, 2007, 2012--2025
+Copyright @copyright{} 1988--1993, 1995, 1998--2004, 2007, 2012--2026
 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @c Since we are both GNU manuals, we do not need to ack each other here.
diff --git a/doc/misc/woman.texi b/doc/misc/woman.texi
index a0af654d002..370ec3f25c6 100644
--- a/doc/misc/woman.texi
+++ b/doc/misc/woman.texi
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 This file documents WoMan: A program to browse Unix manual pages ``W.O.
 (without) man''.
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2001--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2001--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
diff --git a/doc/translations/README b/doc/translations/README
index 8ee74b1c64d..bac8bc5d188 100644
--- a/doc/translations/README
+++ b/doc/translations/README
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ etc.
 
 * License of this document
 
-Copyright (C) 2024-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 2024-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are
 permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice
diff --git a/doc/translations/fr/misc/ses-fr.texi b/doc/translations/fr/misc/ses-fr.texi
index 4bc0bf7f96b..3740c1f508b 100644
--- a/doc/translations/fr/misc/ses-fr.texi
+++ b/doc/translations/fr/misc/ses-fr.texi
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 Ce fichier documente @acronym{SES} : le tableur simple d’Emacs (Simple
 Emacs Spreadsheet).
 
-Copyright @copyright{} 2002--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2002--2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @quotation
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document